Quarterlytics / Technology / 1Spatial PLC / FY2021 Annual Report

1Spatial PLC
Annual Report 2021

SPA · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker SPA
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · 1Spatial PLC
Loading PDF…
Unlocking 
the value
of location 
data

1Spatial plc Annual Report 2021

At a Glance

UNLOCKING 
THE VALUE OF 
LOCATION DATA 

1Spatial is a global leader in 
providing Location Master 
Data Management (LMDM) 
software, solutions and 
business applications, via 
the 1Spatial Platform. 

Why we do it
Today, when using and sharing trusted 
data provides significant opportunities 
for businesses and governments to deliver 
against important sustainability and Net 
Zero goals, our vision is clear – to make the 
world safer, smarter and more sustainable 
by unlocking the value in data, enabling 
better decisions and greater insights. 

How we do it
 Our solutions ensure data governance, 
facilitating the efficient, effective and 
sustainable operations for our customers 
around the world. Our domain expertise 
and data agnostic approach allows us to 
be an integral and important part of the 
Geospatial Ecosystem, supporting the 
wider digital economy.

What we do
 The 1Spatial Platform is a comprehensive 
set of data and system agnostic LMDM 
software components which helps ensure 
master data is compliant, current, complete, 
consistent, and coordinated – and that 
customers can be confident it will remain 
that way as it evolves. It allows them to 
master their data on any device, anywhere, 
anytime and can be deployed as SaaS in the 
cloud, on-premise, or as a hybrid of both.

286

Employees worldwide 

7

Operational countries

22

Global markets

United Kingdom
Australia
Belgium
France
Republic of Ireland
Tunisia
USA

Algeria
Australia
Belgium
Canada
Denmark
France
Germany
Ivory Coast

Luxembourg
Morocco
New Zealand
Netherlands
Norway
Republic of Ireland
Singapore
South Africa

Spain
Switzerland
Tunisia
United Arab Emirates
United Kingdom
USA

OverviewKEY INDUSTRY 
SECTORS

GOVERNMENT  

UTILITIES  

Helping Governments 
manage, share and 
use data to accelerate 
delivery of economic, 
social and environmental 
benefits, enabling 
better decisions and 
greater insights.

Providing utility 
organisations with 
confidence in their data 
as they increasingly 
transform into digital 
organisations with 
machine learning, digital 
twins and preventative 
action now becoming 
common practice.

TRANSPORTATION  
& INFRASTRUCTURE 

Enabling organisations 
to effectively manage 
complex supply chains, 
deliver a dependable 
service and excellent 
customer experience, 
whilst reducing carbon 
emissions and 
environmental impacts 
for the industry.

SEE PAGES 26 AND 27 

SEE PAGES 26 AND 27 

SEE PAGES 26 AND 27 

OUR PARTNERS

OVER 1,000 CUSTOMERS 

01

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
02

Introduction

Smarter 
data,
smarter 
world

Contents

Overview

At a Glance 

Introduction 

Highlights 

Strategic Report

Chairman’s Report 

CEO’s Review 

CFO’s Review 

Key Performance Indicators 

ESG 

Market Overview 

1Spatial Platform 

Strategic Framework 

Strategy in Action 

IFC

02

04

06

08

12

16

17

20

22

24

26

Governance Report

Board of Directors 

Corporate Governance Report 

Audit Committee Report 

Remuneration Report 

Directors’ Report 

Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

Company Statement of Financial Position 

Principal Risks and Uncertainties  28

Company Statement of Changes in Equity 

Section 172 Statement 

30

Notes to the Company Financial Statements 

Company Information 

32

34

36 

38

42

46

53

54

55

56

57

94

95 

96

104

Overview03

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

WHY INVEST 
IN 1SPATIAL

  Growing market opportunity

•  We sit right at the heart of changes happening now across multiple sectors, 
enabling a smarter, safer and more sustainable world. Whether that be 
in helping governments and energy providers prepare to meet the green 
agenda, supporting the investment in infrastructure upgrades as the world’s 
economies prepare for post-Covid recovery, or implementing digital 
transformation strategies.

•  We are investing in our global partner strategy to take advantage of this 

growing market opportunity.

•  The USA presents a significant growth opportunity for the Group.

  Long-standing location data expertise

•  We are pioneers in the cleansing of location data.

•  Our market leading technology powers some of the world’s largest location 

data implementations. 

•  We understand the complexity of location data formats and sources, 

the rules that need to be applied and the issues that arise.

•  High barriers to entry.

  Valuable customer base

•  We have an extensive customer base of over 1,000 organisations, providing 
a strong basis for growth through upsell of additional services and products.

•  We benefit from high levels of customer retention.

  Scalable business model

•  We are transitioning to a SaaS delivery and business model, with a growing 

proportion of recurring software revenue. 

•  We are building an elastic, multi-tenant cloud platform to support increased 

market penetration and scalable growth.

•  Our valued partners provide additional sales and marketing reach.

  Strengthening financial position

•  We are delivering growing revenues, with our global offering and clients 

in 22 countries.

•  Our focus on growing recurring subscription term licences, our SaaS 

strategy and other recurring revenue on long-term contracts.

•  Positive adjusted EBITDA and cash generative.

•  Strong balance sheet with net cash position. 

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
04

Highlights

A QUICK LOOK AT HOW  
WE'VE PERFORMED

GROUP FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Revenue

Gross Margin (%)

Adjusted EBITDA*

£24.6m
£23.4m

2021

2020

53%
52%

2021

2020

£3.6m

£3.2m

5%

1pp

12%

Adjusted EBITDA* Margin (%)

Operating Loss

Loss Before Tax

14.8%
13.8%

2021

2020

£(1.2)m
£(1.5)m

2021

2020

£(1.4)m
£(1.7)m

1.0pp

19%

Loss Per Share –  
Basic and Diluted (p)

Operating Cash  
Generated

17%

Free Cash Flow**

(1.0)p
(1.4)p

2021

2020

£0.6m

£4.0m

2021

2020

£0.9m

£(2.4)m

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

29%

  = Improved performance

596%

£3.3m

  Recurring Revenue up 10% to £10.6m 

(FY20: £9.6m) and 43% of total revenue 
(FY20: 41%)

  Annualised Recurring Revenue (“ARR”)*** 

up 10% to £11.2m (FY20: £10.2m)

  Operating cash generated increased 
by 596% to £4.0m (FY20: £0.6m)

  Gross cash at year-end up £2.2m 

to £7.3m (FY20: £5.1m)

  Net cash at year-end of £4.3m  

(FY20: £3.9m)

*	 Adjusted	EBITDA	is	a	company-specific	measure	which	is	calculated	as	operating	loss before	depreciation	(including	right	of	use	asset	depreciation),	

amortisation	and	impairment	of	intangible	assets,	share-based	payment	charge	and	strategic,	integration,	and	other	non-recurring	items.

**	 Free	cash	flow	is	defined	as	net	increase/(decrease)	in	cash	for	the	year	before	cash	flows	from	the	acquisition	of	subsidiaries,	cash	flows	from	new	

borrowings	and	repayments	of	borrowings	and	cash	flow	from	new	share	issue.

***	Annualised	Recurring	Revenue	is	the	annualised	value	at	the	year-end	of	committed	recurring	contracts	for	licences	and	support	&	maintenance.

Overview05

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

GROUP OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS

CURRENT TRADING & OUTLOOK

  Trading in the current financial 
year has been in line with 
management’s expectations

  Key contracts signed in FY 2022 
include the Energy Networks 
Association, Ordnance Survey, 
Rural Payments Agency and 
Google

  The pipeline of sales opportunities 
and committed revenue in all 
regions is significantly stronger 
than a year ago

  Robust response to Covid-
pandemic with successful 
remote working for all employees 
and continued interaction with 
customers and prospects

  Completed integration of 

Geomap-Imagis acquisition

  New customer wins in all regions, 
including multi-year contracts 
with the State of Michigan (US), 
Environment Agency (UK), US 
Geological Survey (US), Seine 
Grand Lacs (France), the State of 
California’s Office of Emergency 
Services (US) 

  29% revenue growth in the US

  Land and expand strategy 

driving revenue growth from 
existing customers, including 
Northern Gas Networks (UK), 
Google and a large French water 
utility company

  Award of first Esri Network 

Utility Model migration in the UK

  Continued R&D investment 
in innovative solutions with 
successful release of cloud-
based 1Data Gateway solution 

  Progress on partner strategy 
with prestigious partner award 
from Esri and a new partnership 
engagement with Ordnance 
Survey

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
06

Chairman’s Report

 “ The size of the opportunity 

ahead and increased win rate 
provides me and the Board 
with confidence that we 
are well placed to deliver 
sustainable growth at scale 
and that 1Spatial has an 
exciting long-term future.”

Andrew 
Roberts

NON-EXECUTIVE 
CHAIRMAN

2021 PERFORMANCE

 5%

Group revenues increased by 5% 
to £24.6m (FY20: £23.4m)

 12%

Adjusted EBITDA* increased by 
12% to £3.6m (FY20: £3.2m)

Despite a Covid-19 related dip in new 
business	generation	in	the	first	half,	the	
second half of the year showed a strong 
performance,	with	a	number	of	significant	
contract wins and new clients added in all 
geographies.	It	was	rewarding	to	see	the	
smart partnership programme starting to 
bear	fruit,	with	joint	wins	with	Ordnance	
Survey,	Esri,	and	Michael	Baker	and	
smaller	vendors,	in	a	host	of	clients.

Despite the temporary hiatus 
caused	by	the	pandemic	in	some	
parts	of	the	Group,	this	year	has	
seen us achieve good progress 
on both	our	financial	goals	and	
strategic	development.	The	two	
main	contributors	to	our	robust	
trading results were the resilience 
of	the	industry	markets	we	target,	
being	Government,	Utilities	and	
Transport,	and	the	quality	of	our	
people,	who	swiftly	adapted	to	
home working and remote delivery 
of	projects,	while	continuing	
to innovate.	

Strategic Report07

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

We help our customers unlock the hidden 
value in their data and provide significant 
opportunities	to	support	businesses	and	
governments to deliver against important 
sustainability	goals.	Be	it	horizontally	
between	internal	business	departments,	
vertically up and down the external 
supply	chain,	or	across	a	vast	public	
accessed	information	infrastructure,	our	
solutions	underpin	the	efficient,	effective	
and	sustainable	operation	of	established	
and	emerging	industries.	

Given	the	nature	of	what	we	do,	we	have	
a low	impact	on	the	environment	but	we	
do lots of things to improve and offset our 
carbon	footprint	such	as	donations	to	the	
Woodland	Trust	to	offset	travel.	From	a	
social perspective we have an active team 
which	has	been	really	focussed	during	
the Covid	period	on	mental	health	and	
wellbeing	activities.	From	a	governance	
perspective	we	have	a	number	of	
accreditations to ensure appropriate 
safeguarding	our	customer’s	data.

Looking forward

We have entered the new year with 
a record	level	of	contracted	future	
revenue,	a	wide	range	of	customers	in	
stable	industry	segments	and	growing	
proof	of delivery	both	in	Europe	and	the	
USA.	We	will	continue	to	monitor	the	
evolving	situation	in	relation	to	Covid-19,	
the	size	of	the	opportunity	ahead	and	
increased win rate provides me and the 
Board with confidence that we are well 
placed	to	deliver	sustainable	growth	at	
scale and that 1Spatial has an exciting 
long-term	future.	

Andrew Roberts
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN
27	April	2021

We continue to transition our core 
technology,	products	and	services	to	
meet the growing demand for SaaS-
based	repeatable	solutions	that	will	give	
us much higher levels of growth and 
recurring	revenue.	At	the	same	time	
we are	investing	hard	in	developing	
an increasingly	valuable	portfolio	of	
location	based	data	applications	to	really	
capitalise on the increasing demand we 
are	seeing	for	useable,	accurate	Industry	
applications that can dramatically 
improve	the	economics	and	business	
models	of	our	clients.

As	with	many	industries,	the	pandemic	
has driven an acceleration of digital 
transformation initiatives across our 
customer	base.	These,	coupled	with	
government initiatives such as increased 
infrastructure investment and the launch 
of	sustainability	programmes,	are	driving	
a	substantial	heightening	of	awareness	
and comprehension of the value of 
location-based	data	across	the	globe,	
providing an increasingly supportive 
market	backdrop	for	our	offerings.

Financials

As	in	the	prior	year,	our	key	financial	
objectives	in	FY21	were	to	grow	recurring	
revenues,	ensure	improved	profitability	
at adjusted* EBITDA level and improved 
operating	cash	generation.	While	
Covid-19 slowed the rate of new customer 
wins	through	the	middle	part	of	the	year,	
particularly	in	our	French	operations,	the	
results for the year ended 31 January 
2021	reflect	the	ongoing	improvement	in	
these	metrics.	We	have	delivered	a	robust	
financial	performance,	growing	revenues	
and	adjusted	EBITDA	profit	levels,	whilst	
achieving the important milestone of 
generating	positive	free	cash	flow**.	

Group	revenues	increased	by	5%	to	
£24.6m	(FY20:	£23.4m),	with	recurring	
revenue,	as	a	percentage	of	total	revenue,	
increasing	to	43%	(FY20:	41%),	as	the	
business	focuses	on	developing	and	
selling	repeatable	software	solutions	
under	a	SaaS	model.	Adjusted	EBITDA*	
increased	by	12%	to	£3.6m	(FY20:	
£3.2m)	with	a	higher	margin	of	14.8%	
(FY20:	13.8%).	Operating	cash	inflow	
(before	strategic,	integration	and	other	
non-recurring	items)	more	than	doubled	
to	£4.2m	(FY20:	£1.9m)	with	the	Group	
being	free	cash	flow**	positive	£0.9m,	
even	after	non-recurring	one-off	items.

These	positive	results,	delivered	against	
the	difficult	backdrop	of	the	pandemic,	
provide	the	business	with	a	strengthening	
financial footing on which to continue 
to carefully	invest	in	our	products	and	
operations in order to capture more of 
the growing	location	data	market.	

Board and corporate 
governance

We	welcomed	Andrew	Fabian	to	the	
board as	Interim	CFO	in	June	2020	
and were	pleased	to	formalise	his	
appointment	as	CFO	in	October	2020.	
His understanding	of	technology	
businesses	and	the	transition	to	the	
cloud is	proving	incredibly	valuable	
and he	is	a	great	addition	to	the	team.	

Corporate governance is continually 
assessed at 1Spatial and we have 
provided	more	information	on	this	in the	
Corporate Governance Report included 
in this	Annual	Report.	Peter	Massey	is	
Chair	of	the	Remuneration	Committee,	
Francis Small is the Chair of the Audit 
Committee and I am Chair of the 
Nomination	Committee.

Our people

This	year,	more	than	ever,	we	have	seen	
the	quality	of	our	teams	shine	through.	
Their	energy,	commitment	and	passion	
for customer service has not wavered 
through	this,	the	most	difficult	of	years	
for many and I would like to thank every 
member	of	1Spatial	for	all	the	effort	they	
have	exerted	on	our	customers’	behalf.	
Our	priority	continues	to	be	on	ensuring	
the	wellbeing	of	our	teams	around	the	
world,	providing	them	with	the	right,	
healthy environment to continue to 
deliver	the	high-quality	service	our	
customers	expect	of	1Spatial.	

Environmental, Social 
and Governance (ESG)

At 1Spatial we are striving to make 
the world	safer,	smarter	and	more	
sustainable	for	the	future.	We	provide	
our clients	with	solutions	to	support	
their ESG	goals	and	as	a	Company	we	
are proactive	in	evaluating	what	we	can	
do	to innovate	and	reduce	our	impact	on	
the	environment.	

*	 Adjusted	EBITDA	is	a	company-specific	measure,	which	is	calculated	as	operating	loss	before	depreciation	(including	right	of	use	asset	depreciation),	amortisation	

and impairment	of	intangible	assets,	share-based	payment	charge	and	strategic,	integration,	and	other	non-recurring	items.	

**	 Free	cash	flow	is	defined	as	net	increase/(decrease)	in	cash	for	the	year	before	cash	flows	from	the	acquisition	of	subsidiaries,	cash	flows	from	new	borrowings	and	

repayments	of	borrowings	and	cash	flow	from	new	share	issue.

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
08

CEO’s Review

 “ Growing industry need has 

led to growth in our customer 
numbers, revenues and 
pipeline of opportunities.”

We	entered	FY21	in	a	considerably	
improved	financial	and	strategic	
position,	following	the	successful	
conclusion of the three-year 
turnaround plan and were set for 
a year	of	growth.	The	emergence	
of	the	Coronavirus	in	early	2020	
re-shaped	the	year	for	us,	as	it	did	
for	so	many	businesses.	While	our	
growth	aspirations	were	held	back	
temporarily,	we	are	proud	of	how	
our teams responded to the new 
challenges and of the results 
delivered	for	the	year.	

Increasingly supportive 
market backdrop

There	has	been	a	groundswell	of	interest	
in our offerings across our chosen 
markets and industries and we feel that 
we	are	at	the	beginning	of	a	new	growth	
trajectory.	There	is	a	growing	awareness	
across	multiple	industries,	not	only	that	
location data is a vital element in the 
delivery	of	better,	faster	and	safer	
services,	but	that	the	data	needs	to	be	
accurate	and	shareable.	Location	data	
is increasingly	being	used	as	the	main	
points of reference when connecting 
multiple	systems.

In	the	past	our	offerings	have	been	used	
to address needs such as increased 
efficiencies	or	cost	savings	but	more	and	
more	we	see	the	drivers	of	interest	being	
around	sustainability,	health	and	safety	
and	infrastructure	investment.	Our	rules	
engine,	1Integrate,	and	cloud	portal,	
1Data Gateway,	launched	in	the	year,	are	
increasingly recognised as powerful tools 
to	ensure	good	quality	data	and	trust	
when	sharing	data.	We	have	delivered	
our solutions	to	support	new	systems,	
such as the next generation 911 system 
in California	and	the	official	base-map	
for the	State	of	Michigan.

Claire  
Milverton

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

At	the	macro	level,	we	believe	themes	
such	as	the	United	Nations	(UN)	17	
Sustainable	Development	Goals	(SDGs),	
a universal	call	for	action	to	end	poverty,	
hunger	and	protect	the	planet,	and	
specific	government	initiatives,	such	as	
President	Biden’s	“once	in	a	generation”	
spending plan to invest trillions of dollars 
into infrastructure and climate change 
projects,	will	be	long-term	drivers	of	the	
need	for	accurate	location-based,	
shareable	data.	

This growing industry need has led 
to growth	in	our	customer	numbers,	
revenues	and	pipeline	of	opportunities.	

Continued investment in 
innovation

We have continued to invest in our 
product	offering	through	the	year,	
both in 1Integrate	and	1Data	Gateway,	

but also	in	business	applications	targeting	
specific	industries,	such	as	1Water	and	
the arcOpole	Pro	government	application	
in France.	Our	next	generation	cloud	
LMDM	platform	is	on	track	for	launch	
towards the end of the current financial 
year,	bringing	together	all	of	our	offerings	
in	the	cloud,	providing	greater	flexibility	
of	delivery	and	pricing.	

Resilient performance

While	new	business	was	harder	to	secure	
in the first half of the year due to the 
dislocation	from	Covid-19,	we	have	seen	
a gradual	return	to	more	normal	sales	
cycles through the second half and into 
the	new	year.	We	saw	revenue	growth	in	
our	French	operation	in	H2	and	with	the	
restructuring of our European operations 
completed	post	period-end,	we	have	a	
strong	basis	for	growth	in	that	region	
moving	forward.

Strategic Report09

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

2021 PERFORMANCE

 29%

Revenue in the US – highest  
growth rate at 29%

Regional Revenue

34%

45%

UK/Ireland

Europe

12%

9%

US

Australia

In	the	UK	our	work	with	the	Environment	
Agency,	and	Northern	Gas	Networks	
provided	both	a	layering	on	of	recurring	
revenue	for	future	years,	and	high-profile	
proof points for our technology and 
capabilities.	

The	growth	in	our	US	business	during	
the year	has	been	particularly	exciting.	
We secured several new landmark 
contracts	in	the	year,	including	the	State	
of	Michigan	and	the	State	of	California	
Office	of	Emergency	Services.	The	theme	
of data integrity and data sharing is 
particularly	prevalent	in	the	US	and	we	
see a growing pipeline of opportunities 
for	1Integrate,	1Data	Gateway	and	our	911	
Emergency	Services	business	application.	

Our	financial	performance	in	the	year	is	
encouraging.	While	revenue	growth	was	
modest,	at	5%,	impacted	by	Covid-19	
related	delays,	underlying	that,	we	have	
seen	an	increase	in	recurring	revenue,	
a key	area	of	focus,	an	increase	in	profit	
margins	and	positive	free	cash	flow.	

FY21 Strategic review

We made solid progress in the year 
against the three pillars of our growth 
strategy.

1. Innovation 

The	1Spatial	Platform	is	a	comprehensive	
set	of	Location	Master	Data	Management	
(LMDM)	software	components.	LMDM	
ensures the data management processes 
are	automated	and	repeatable	across	
the different	technology	platforms	for	
the whole	enterprise.	Unlike	traditional	
Master	Data	Management	(MDM),	LMDM	
encompasses	both	spatial	and	non-
spatial data to provide users with the 
technology	solutions	that	enable	them	
to automate	the	collection,	control	and	
sharing	of	data	with	confidence.	Our	
patented technology also gives them 
the ability	to	solve	complex	and	unique	
challenges in the management of their 
spatial	and	non-spatial	data.

The	1Spatial	Platform	can	be	split	into	
two key	areas:	

	➤ Data Management Solutions – 

Managing	data	to	ensure	it	is	correct,	
consistent and compliant

	➤ Business Applications –	Utilising	
trusted	data	through	business	
applications to solve specific 
business challenges

During the year we have continued to 
innovate	in	both	areas	and	accelerated	
the development of our SaaS multi-
tenancy cloud platform as a vehicle 
for further	growth	and	accessibility	
of our solutions.	

Data	Management	Solutions

1Integrate
1Integrate is our patented no-code 
rules engine	–	this	continues	to	be	
enhanced to make it more powerful 
and more	capable	for	automated	data	
validation	and	processing.	

During	the	year,	the	work	to	handle	full	
3D	solid	data	has	delivered	initial	Proof	
of Concepts.	For	example,	we	are	working	
with	a	major	National	Mapping	Agency	
on the	production	of	their	3D	buildings.	

Additional data services support has 
been	added	to	allow	direct	access	to	
data from	Esri	ArcGIS	Feature	Services	
and	Open	Geospatial	Consortium	Web	
Feature Services as well as many 
enhancements to empower users and 
make	them	more	effective	and	efficient.	
In	addition,	a	number	of	enhancements	
have	been	made	which	extend	the	
flexibility	and	efficiency	of	our	delivery	
via	the	cloud.

1Data Gateway
1Data Gateway is our self-service 
web-portal	for	spatial	data	validation,	
processing	and	analytics.	

Following	its	successful	launch	in	March	
2020,	1Data	Gateway	now	also	provides	
schema mapping so that data in varying 
structures	can	be	applied	to	the	same	set	
of rules as well as other controls such as 
the	ability	to	apply	customer	branding	
and	styling	to	the	portal.	API	extensions	
which	allow	systems	to	talk	to	each	other,	
have	been	completed	to	allow	access	
to data	quality,	validation	and	usage	
statistics	through	external	dashboarding	
tools	i.e.,	Google	Big	Query,	for	partners	
or	customers.

Business Applications 

We	provide	two	types	of	business	
applications to meet our customer’s 
needs.	Applications	can	either	plug	
directly	into	the	1Spatial	Platform	or	
alternatively can plug into the 1Spatial 
Platform	whilst	also	utilising	the	benefits	
of	the	Esri	technology.	

1Biz Server
For	those	business	applications	built	on	
Esri	technology,	we	have	developed,	the	
1Spatial	Business	Server	(1Biz	Server).	
By deploying	the	most	up	to	date	Esri	and	
1Spatial	releases	through	the	1Biz	Server,	
we will transform the speed and delivery 
of	these	updates	to	our	customers.

We continue to assess opportunities 
to launch	Business	Applications,	
targeting	specific	location	data-based	
issues	within	our	three	target	industries.	
New Applications developed this year 
along	with	those	that	have	been	further	
enhanced	are	as	follows:

1Water 
We have scaled up work on 1Water 
for water	network	management	based	
on our strong	Esri	partnership,	which	
has enabled	us	to	gain	the	Esri	Utility	
Network	Management	Specialty	
designation.	

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
10

CEO’s Review (continued)

Next-Generation-911 
An	exciting	new	innovation	being	 
worked	on	for	our	US	Market	is	the	
Next-Generation-911	App.	This	provides	
validation	of	network	data,	address	data	
and	the	National	Emergency	Numbers	
Association	(NENA)	to	help	emergency	
service	departments,	improve	disparate	
or	incomplete	data,	in	order	to	create	
a single	source	of	truth.	

Traffic Management Plan 
Automation (TMPA) 
The	TMPA	has	moved	from	Proof	of	
Concept,	with	a	goal	to	have	a	release-
ready	Minimum	Viable	Product	in	FY	22	
for	beta	testing	with	our	customers	and	
partners.	This	will	be	a	true	SaaS	solution	
for	automatically	laying	out	equipment	
such	as	signs,	cones	and	traffic	lights	
around	UK	road	works.	It	makes	use	of	
Ordnance	Survey	GB’s	data	hub	and	is	
built	from	the	1Integrate	rules	engine	
in the	1Spatial	Platform.	This	solution	
will automate	the	production	of	traffic	
management	plans	in	a	more	efficient,	
sustainable	way	and	importantly	help	
improve the safety of workers and the 
public	around	the	4	million	highway	
excavations that are made every year 
in the	UK*.	

*	

source	https://highways.today/2020/03/04/
excavation-highways-uk/

For more information on some of our 
business	applications,	please	see	
page 22 &	23.

Cloud	platform	–	SaaS	multi-
tenancy cloud platform
The	cloud	platform	will	enable	us	to	
increase	our	addressable	market	and	
existing	customer	demand	for	web-based	
access	to	our	solutions,	the	need	for	
which	has	been	particularly	highlighted	
by	the	move	to	remote	working.	The	
multi-tenancy	SaaS	will	be	more	cost	
effective	for	1Spatial	as	we	will	be	
managing fewer deployments and 
the elastic	nature	of	the	platform	
architecture	will	limit	cloud	hosting	costs.	
We	are	also	building	targeted	services	
and solutions on the platform which we 
can	issue	on	a	Pay-per-use	basis	such	as	
TMPA,	providing	the	Group	with	exciting	
new	go	to	market	models,	lowering	the	
price point for new customers onto 
the platform.

2. Customer Relationships

We continued to strengthen our 
relationships with our customers 
throughout	the	year	by	maximising	
webinar	opportunities	across	all	
territories to overcome reduced face to 
face	events.	We	held	our	annual	Smarter	
Data,	Smarter	World	Conference	as	a	
virtual	event.	Taking	place	over	4	days	
online the conference was a huge success 
with	652	registrations	from	363	
organisations	in	47	countries,	a	significant	
increase	on	prior,	non-digital	events.	

We	also	implemented	a	global	content	
strategy,	increasing	the	amount	of	
content	we	have	issued	online,	and	
launched	our	new	global	website,	with	
fresh,	engaging	content,	aligned	to	our	
vision and values and great user 
experience.	Since	launching	the	new	
website,	we	have	seen	a	considerable	
increase	in	online	engagement,	with	
sessions	per	user	increasing	by	43%,	
pages viewed in these sessions increasing 
41%	and	the	average	session	duration	has	
increased	84%,	demonstrating	the	
increased relevance of our product 
offering and marketing messages to our 
target	markets.

The	success	of	our	customer	focus,	
combined	with	ongoing	transition	to	term	
licencing,	can	be	seen	in	the	10%	growth	
in	Annual	Recurring	Revenue	driven	both	
by	new	customer	wins	and	expansion	of	
existing	customer	accounts.

Land	&	Expand
The	Group	delivered	a	healthy	number	of	
new customer wins in the year across all 
regions,	including	a	number	of	strategic	
wins	within	our	LMDM	offering,	with	the	
USA	performing	particularly	well.	This	was	
also	good	considering	the	backdrop	of	the	
first half of the year where customers were 
harder	to	secure,	due	to the	uncertainty	
caused	by	Covid-19.	We now	have	around	
600	customers	on	recurring	contracts	and	
a	customer	base	of	over	1,000	in	total	
across	the	Group,	providing	a	strong	basis	
for	future	expansion.	

Solutions most in demand in the year 
were 1Data Gateway and 1Integrate in the 
USA	and	the	UK,	with	Utilities	and	Urban	
Planning	(arcOpole	Pro)	Esri-based	
business	applications	being	strongest	
in France	and	Europe.	We	are	seeing	an	
increasing	number	of	coupled	1Data	
Gateway	and	1Integrate	sales,	with	the	
1Data	Gateway	portal	proving	to	be	a	

compelling	sales	tool,	enabling	new	
prospects	to	quickly	visualise	how	we	can	
transform	their	data	collection,	cleansing	
and	management.	

New clients added in the year included 
the	Environment	Agency	in	the	UK,	the	
US	Geological	Survey	and	the	State	of	
California’s	Office	of	Emergency	Services	
in	the	USA	and	in	France,	a	French	military	
organisation,	the	Seine	Grand	Lacs	(the	
Seine	River	Management	Agency)	and	the	
city	of	Asnières	sur	Seine.	

The Group secured multiple customer 
expansion	contracts	in	the	year,	with	
notable	expansions	with	Northern	Gas	
Networks	in	the	UK,	a	$2.6m	5-year	
contract	with	the	State	of	Michigan	
to deliver	the	second	phase	of	their	
Geographic Framework and expansion 
contracts in France with the Euro 
Metropole	of	Strasbourg,	the	Metropole	
of Nantes’ Water Department and a large 
French	water	utility	company.	

In	France,	eleven	existing	customers	have	
commenced migration from the Group’s 
legacy	platform,	to	the	Esri	platform,	
paving	the	way	for	future	expansion.	

Our	longstanding	customers,	such	as	
Ordnance	Survey,	Ordnance	Survey	
Ireland,	the	Rural	Payments	Agency,	Gas	
of	Strasbourg	and	Engie	(France),	have	
also continued to expand the solutions 
and	services	we	provide.

3. Smart Partnerships

We made good progress in the year 
adding or strengthening partnerships 
in each	of	our	three	areas	of	focus	to	
extend	our	market	reach:	major	
technology	consultancies,	software	
platform	providers,	and	adjacent	industry	
specialists.	We	are	increasingly	being	
utilised	by	our	partners	as	their	data	
integrity	provider,	cleansing	the	data	
before	passing	it	back	through	wider	
systems.	

Our	strong	partnership	with	Esri	France	
is generating	increasing	interest	in	the	
local authority and utility market and was 
strengthened post period end through 
the	winning	of	a	prestigious	Esri	award,	
for 1Spatial’s innovative and extensive 
product integration within Esri’s ArcGIS 
Enterprise.	This	followed	1Spatial	being	
given	Esri	Utility	Network	Management	
Specialty	designation,	recognising	
1Spatial’s knowledge and expertise 
within utilities	and	the	implementation	
of Water	Solutions.	

Strategic ReportIn	the	UK,	we	have	also	partnered	with	
Esri	UK	on	the	Northern	Gas	Networks	
Utility	Network	Migration,	the	first	such	
migration	to	take	place	in	the	UK.

Our	new	partnership	with	Ordnance	
Survey has seen us secure the prestigious 
pilot for the Energy Networks Association 
and	we	have	started	joint	webinars	
demonstrating	how	the	combination	of	
data	from	Ordnance	Survey’s	new	Data	
Hub	with	the	1Spatial	software	can	help	
build	trust	in	data.	We	continue	to	win	
and look	at	new	opportunities	with	our	
partner	Version1,	which	is	providing	
promising	new	business	opportunities.

Our	Michael	Baker	relationship	in	the	USA	
continues	to	bring	new	customers.

We continue to work on new partnership 
opportunities in all geographic markets 
and to provide more focus on this key 
growth	pillar	we	hired	a	new	global	
partner	manager	in	April	2021.	

European re-structuring

Post	year	end,	we	announced	the	final	
stage of the integration of Geomap-
Imagis,	which	was	acquired	in	May	2019.	
Our	European	operations	now	operate	
under one regional management 
structure,	focus	all	our	resources	on	
maximising	our	Esri	relationship,	and	
delivering the growth opportunities in 
our extensive	European	customer	base.	

Corporate activity

We will continue to identify strategic and 
bolt-on	acquisitions	to	complement	our	
organic	growth.	

Strategic priorities for the 
year ahead

We will continue to focus on the three 
pillars	of	our	growth	strategy.	Key	
initiatives	will	be	investment	into	our	
delivery	resource,	marketing	and	
sales teams,	particularly	in	the	USA,	
to capitalise	on	our	successes	in	FY21	
and deliver	on	the	data	governance	
opportunity.	We	will	work	closely	with	Esri,	
particularly	in	France,	where	we	see great	
opportunity	to	expand	our	customer	base	
and continue the successful migration of 
our customers onto the new Esri platform 
and	our	Esri	based	business	applications.	
In	the	UK,	we	see	a	growing	opportunity	to	
work	on large	government	contracts,	
building	back	post-Covid-19	and	as	they	
and	other	partners	embrace	the	sharing	of	
data to meet Environment and Social 
initiatives.	We	see	a	growing	opportunity	
to	cross-sell	our	business	applications,	
developed	France	and	the	UK,	into	our	
other territories and offer our 1Integrate 
and	1Data	Gateway	solutions	into	France.	
We	will	continue	to	expand	our	capability	
and expertise in our Tunisia centre 
of excellence,	providing	increased	
development support and cost-effective 
delivery	capacity	to	the	Group.

We are on track to launch our multi-tenant 
SaaS	platform	by	the	end	of	the	current	
financial	year,	increasing	our	addressable	
market,	meeting	existing	customer	
demand	for	web-based	solutions,	
providing	more	flexible	“pay as you	go”	
pricing structures and lowering the price 
point	for	entry	for	new	customers.	We	
believe	the	launch	of	the	platform	can	
be transformational	for	the	Group	in	
future years.

Our	financial	goals	will	be	to	increase	
revenue	growth	underpinned	by	growing	
annual recurring revenue and continue 
our	trajectory	of	increased	profitability	
at adjusted*	EBITDA	level	and	higher	
cash	generation	over	the	long-term.

Covid-19

At	the	date	of	this	report,	most	sites	
continue	to	work	on	a	remote	basis,	
providing outstanding support to our 
customers.	We	anticipate	a	phased	return	
to office working through the course 
of 2021,	in	line	with	local	government	
guidelines	in	each	territory,	providing	our	
teams with the opportunity to once more 
interact	with	each	other	face	to	face,	
while	retaining	the	benefits	of	increased	
digital	connections	across	the	business.	

We chose to maintain all of our skilled 
workforce	during	the	Covid-19	period,	
receiving	no	support	under	the	UK	
Government	job	retention	scheme,	
although,	we	received	financial	support	
of £0.3m	in	some	overseas	territories,	
where	there	was	a	greater	impact.	We	
increased our funding from corporate 
lenders	in	H1	2021	by	£1.8m.	We	
controlled expenditure tightly throughout 
the	year,	deferring	some	discretionary	
spending.	However,	we	benefited	from	
our	extensive	customer	base,	healthy	
levels of recurring revenue and growing 
contracted	order	book,	to	prove	resilient	
during	an	unprecedented	year.	

1Team

We	are	passionate	about	looking	after	
our staff	and	have	actively	promoted	
the importance	of	mental	health	and	
happiness	during	the	year.	Taking	the	
time	to	be	kind	to	yourself	is	something	
we urge all our staff to do and as part 
of our	commitment	to	their	well-being,	
we rolled	out	initiatives	such	as	well-
being months,	mental	health	awareness	
training,	mental	health	first	aiders	and	
internal events and initiatives to 
encourage staff to take time out 
from their	working	day.

We are always looking at ways to 
ensure equality	and	diversity	across	our	
company	and	an	inclusive,	welcoming	
working	environment	for	everyone.	Over	
the	past	year,	we	have	created	global	
initiatives	to	celebrate:	International	
Women’s	Day,	World	Food	Day,	Diwali,	
Thanksgiving,	Mental	Health	Awareness	
Week,	Earth	Day	and	Health	and	
Happiness	month.

*	 Adjusted	EBITDA	is	a	company-specific	measure,	which	is	calculated	as	operating	loss	before	depreciation	
(including	right	of	use	asset	depreciation),	amortisation	and	impairment	of	intangible	assets,	share-based	
payment	charge	and	strategic,	integration,	and	other	non-recurring	items

The teams have shown extraordinary 
ingenuity	and	commitment,	really	
stepping	up	in	this	challenging	time,	
for which	the	Board	and	I	thank	them	
wholeheartedly.	We	believe	one	of	the	
positive	impacts	of	this	year	has	been	
the increased	connectivity	across	our	
geographic	regions,	with	the	increased	
use	of	digital	communications	bringing	
us closer	during	our	shared	challenges.

Current Trading & Outlook

There	is	an	increasing	need	for	clean,	
accessible	and	up	to	date	location	data	
to support	many	new	initiatives.	These	
include	investment	in	infrastructure,	
building	new	greener	initiatives,	such	
as an	enhanced	electricity	network	to	
support growth in electric vehicles and 
helping governments to achieve their 
sustainability	goals.	

Trading in the new financial year has 
begun	positively	and	in	line	with	Board	
expectations,	with	several	new	contracts	
secured	and	growth	in	the	sales	pipeline.	
New customers won since the year 
end include:

	➤ a contract with the Energy Networks 
Association	and	Ordnance	Survey	to	
build	a	digital	map	of	the	UK’s	energy	
system that uses the power of data to 
support a more efficient pathway to 
Net Zero; 

	➤ a multi-year contract with Defra 

and the	Rural	Payments	Agency	to	
support its existing payments scheme 
to	farmers	as	well	as	be	involved	in	
government’s transition to a new 
Environmental	Land	Management	
Scheme; and

	➤ a significant contract extension with 
Google	in	the	US	for	the	use	of	1Data	
Gateway and 1Integrate in the 
management	of	their	facilities.	

We sit right at the heart of changes 
across multiple	sectors.	Whether	that	
be in	helping	governments	and	energy	
providers prepare to meet the green 
agenda,	supporting	the	investment	in	
infrastructure upgrades as the world’s 
economies prepare for post-Covid 
recovery,	or	implementing	new	digital	
transformation	strategies.	The	positive	
market environment is translating into 
a growing	sales	pipeline	of	opportunities	
across	new	and	existing	customers,	both	
direct	and	through	our	partners.

While the Board remains aware of the 
need to manage potential risks arising 
from	the	Covid-19	pandemic,	the	strength	
of trading in the first two months of the 
year,	increase	in	committed	revenue	and	
depth of the sales pipeline and positive 
market landscape provide the Board with 
confidence in a successful year of growth 
ahead and exciting long-term future 
for 1Spatial.

Claire Milverton
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
27	April	2021

11

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
12

CFO’s Review

 “ The Group delivered a  

robust financial performance 
in the year, growing revenues 
and adjusted EBITDA*  
profit levels.”

Andrew 
Fabian

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

2021 PERFORMANCE

Summary

Recurring revenue

 10%

Annualised Recurring Revenue 
increased in the year by 10% 
from £10.2m to £11.2m

 26%

The level of committed project 
services revenue increased by 
26% from £4.5m to £5.7m

The	Group	delivered	a	robust	financial	
performance	in	the	year,	growing	
revenues and adjusted EBITDA* profit 
levels,	whilst	achieving	the	important	
milestone of generating positive free 
cash flow**.	

Revenue 

Group	revenue	increased	by	5%	to	
£24.6m	from	£23.4m	in	FY	2020.	Whilst	
this	included	a	full	year’s	contribution	
from	the	Geomap-Imagis	(GI)	acquisition,	
compared to nine months in the prior 
year,	it	was	a	solid	result	against	the	
challenges	of	the	Covid-19	pandemic.	

The	business	strategy	is	to	grow	revenue	
from	repeatable	business	solutions	
on longer-term	contracts,	including	
transitioning towards selling recurring 
term	subscription	licences,	rather	than	
one-off	perpetual	licences.	With	this	
focus	in	mind,	the	business	achieved	
a growth	in	revenue	of	11%	(excluding	
the impact	of	the	reduction	in	perpetual	
licence	revenue),	and	recurring	revenue,	
as	a	percentage	of	total	revenue,	
increased	to	43%	(FY	2020:	41%).	
Revenue	by	type	is	shown	on	the	
next page:

Strategic Report13

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

Gross Profit Margin

Free Cash Flow

2021

2020

53%
52%

2021

2020

£0.9m

£(2.4)m

1pp

£3.3m

Revenue by type

Recurring revenue***
Services

Revenue (excluding perpetual licences)
Perpetual	licences

Total revenue

Percentage	of	recurring	revenue

FY 2021
£m

FY 2020
£m

% change

10.6
11.1

21.7
2.9

24.6

43%

9.6
10.0

19.6
3.8

23.4

41%

10%
11%

11%
(24%)

5%

*	 Adjusted	EBITDA	is	a	company-specific	measure,	which	is	calculated	as	operating	loss	before	depreciation	(including	right	of	use	asset	depreciation),	amortisation	

and impairment	of	intangible	assets,	share-based	payment	charge	and	strategic,	integration,	and	other	non-recurring	items	

**	 Free	cash	flow	is	defined	as	net	increase/(decrease)	in	cash	for	the	year	before	cash	flows	from	the	acquisition	of	subsidiaries,	cash	flows	from	new	borrowings	and	

repayments	of	borrowings	and	cash	flow	from	new	share	issue.

***	Recurring	revenue	comprises	term	licences	and	support	and	maintenance	revenue.

Whilst	these	recurring	term	licence	sales	require	the	support	of	a	level	of	services,	the	proportion	of	total	revenue	from	term	licences	
is	expected	to	increase,	and	revenue	from	perpetual	licences	is	likely	to	continue	to	decrease.	Recurring	revenue	also	includes	support	
and	maintenance	from	customers	with	perpetual	licences;	this	revenue	is	expected	to	transition	in	time	to	being	part	of	the	
subscription	licences.

ARR

The	Annualised	Recurring	Revenue	(“ARR”)	(annualised	value	at	the	year-end	of	committed	recurring	contracts	for	licences	and	
support	&	maintenance)	increased	in	the	year	by	10%	from	£10.2m	to	£11.2m	as	at	31	January	2021.	The	growth	rates	varied	by	region	
as	shown	in	the	table	below	with	the	US	growing	at	the	fastest	rate	of	24%.	The	overall	renewal	rate	was	90%.	

ARR by region

UK/Ireland
Europe
US
Australia

Total ARR

Committed revenue

FY 2021
£m

FY 2020
£m

% growth

3.88
5.04
1.24
1.05

11.21

3.32
4.96
1.00
0.90

10.18

17%
2%
24%
17%

10%

The	level	of	committed	revenue	(revenue	for	future	services,	licences	and	support	contracts	committed	contracted	at	the	balance	
sheet	date)	increased	significantly	in	the	year	from	the	business	focus	of	extending	the	commitment	periods	and	duration	of	
contracts,	as	well	as	signing	some	higher	value	service	contracts.	The	level	of	committed	project	services	revenue	increased	by	26%	
from	£4.5m	to	£5.7m.

The	combination	of	committed	revenue	and	a	strong	and	growing	pipeline	of	prospects	means	that	the	business	starts	the	current	
financial	year	with	a	good	likelihood	of	making	further	progress	on	its	revenue	growth	plan.	With	the	business	focus	on	developing	
and selling	repeatable	software	solutions	under	a	SaaS	model,	there	is	an	increased	level	of	revenue	visibility,	which	allows	the	Board	
to	plan	future	investment	with	confidence.	

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
 
14

CFO’s Review (continued)

Regional revenue

Revenue	growth	by	region	is	shown	in	the	table	below:

Regional revenue

UK/Ireland
Europe
US
Australia

Total revenue

Revenue	in	the	UK/Ireland	region	fell	by	
4%	but	this	was	largely	due	to	timing	of	
closing some contracts as total sales 
orders	signed	grew	in	the	year.	Revenue	in	
the	European	business	was	lower	on	a	like	
for	like	basis	mainly	due	to	Covid-19-
related	project	delays	(following	the	
postponement of the French local 
elections	in	H1),	although	overall	revenues	
in	Europe	grew	by	9%,	benefitting	from	
three	additional	months	of	acquired	
revenues.	Pleasingly,	there	was	a	pick-up	
in revenue in the European operations in 
H2	FY	2021.	Revenue	in	the	US,	which	now	
represents	12%	of	Group	revenue,	had	the	
highest	growth	rate	at	29%.	

Gross profit margin

The gross margin increased year on year 
to	53%	from	52%.	Within	the	cost	of	
sales,	the	Group	received	£0.3m	of	grants	
from overseas governments as part of 
business	support	schemes	in	relation	to	
Covid-19.	Going	forward,	the	management	
team are focused on driving improvements 
to	the	gross	margin	levels.

Adjusted EBITDA*

The	adjusted	EBITDA*	(as	defined	on	
page	13)	increased	by	12%	to	£3.6m	
from £3.2m	in	the	prior	year	with	a	higher	
margin	of	14.8%	(FY	2020:	13.8%).	Cost	
management was an important focus 
during	FY	2021	and	expenses	are	

constantly reviewed to ensure the level 
is appropriate	for	the	structure	of	the	
business.	Administrative	expenses	
increased	over	the	comparable	period	
mainly	because	of	the	additional	three	
months	of	the	acquired	business.

Strategic, integration and 
other non-recurring items 

The final step in the integration of 
Geomap-Imagis	(“G-I”),	acquired	in	May	
2019,	was	completed	and	our	European	
operations now operate under one 
regional	management	structure.	As	
part of	the	restructuring,	two	of	the	G-I	
founders and former directors are leaving 
the	business	and	the	restructuring	will	
lead	to	some	cost	savings,	which	will	
allow the	business	to	invest	in	further	
expansion.	The	costs	amounting	to	
£0.56m	(FY	2020:	£1.20m)	have	been	
included	in	strategic,	integration	and	
other	non-recurring	items.

Operating loss and loss 
before tax

The Group recorded a reduced operating 
loss	of	£1.2m	compared	to	£1.5m	in	the	
prior	year	and	the	Group’s	loss	before	
tax reduced	to	£1.4m	from	£1.7m	for	
the comparable	period.	The	results	were	
impacted	by	the	strategic,	integration	
and	other	non-recurring	items,	as	well	

FY 2021
£m

FY	2020
£m

% change

8.44
11.15
2.91
2.10

24.60

8.81
10.24
2.25
2.08

23.38

(4%)
9%
29%
1%

5%

as a	number	of	non-cash	charges	
including	amortisation	of	acquired	
intangibles	and	share-based	payments.

Taxation

The net tax credit for the period was 
£0.3m	(FY	2020:	£0.2m).

Balance sheet

The	Group’s	net	assets	reduced	to	£14.7m	
from	£15.5m	at	31	January	2020.	The	
reduction was mainly due to the overall 
loss	after	tax	offset	by	currency	gains	
in reserves.

Trade	and	other	receivables	increased	
in the	year	to	£10.9m	(FY	2020:	£9.9m),	
mainly	due	to	increased	trade	debtors	
and accrued income at year end following 
contract	wins	in	Q4.	Whilst	there	was	
also some	increase	in	average	debtor	
days	outstanding,	this	was	largely	due	
to lengthening	payment	cycles	with	no	
material impact on the assessment of 
overall	debtor	collectability.	The	increase	
in	trade	and	other	payables	from	£11.4m	
to	£13.4m	was	primarily	driven	by	an	
increase	in	deferred	income	to	£5.9m	
(FY 2020:	£4.9m)	and	an	increase	in	
other	taxation	and	social	security.	The	
company	benefitted	from	a	deferral	of	
some	indirect	taxes	of	£0.4m	in	the	year,	
which	will	be	repaid	in	FY	2022.

Strategic Report15

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

Cash flow

Operating	cash	flow	inflow	(before	strategic,	integration	and	other	non-recurring	items)	more	than	doubled	to	£4.2m	in	FY	2021	
compared	to	£1.9m	in	FY	2020.	

Operating cash flow

Cash generated from operations 
Add	back:	Cashflow	on	strategic,	integration	and	other	non-recurring	items

Cash	generated	from	operations	before	strategic,	integration	and	other	non-recurring	items

FY 2021
£’000

FY	2020
£’000

3,983
173

4,156

572
1,289

1,861

Indeed,	the	focus	on	working	capital	and	cost	control	has	also	resulted	in	free	cash	flow*	being	positive	(at	£0.9m),	even	after	
non-recurring	one-off	items,	as	shown	in	the	table	below:

Free cash flow

Cash	generated	from	operations	before	strategic,	integration	and	other	non-recurring	items
Net interest paid
Net tax received
Expenditure on product development and intellectual property capitalised
Purchase	of	property,	plant	and	equipment
Lease	payments

Free	cash	flow	before	strategic,	integration	and	other	non-recurring	items
Cashflow	on	strategic,	integration	and	other	non-recurring	items

Free cash flow*

FY 2021
£’000

FY	2020
£’000

4,156
(179)
484
(2,120)
(192)
(1,069)

1,080
(173)

907

1,861
(144)
313
(2,188)
(132)
(792)

(1,082)
(1,289)

(2,371)

*	

Free	cash	flow	is	defined	as	net	increase/(decrease)	in	cash	for	the	year	before	cash	flows	from	the	acquisition	of	subsidiaries,	cash	flows	from	new	borrowings	and	
repayments	of	borrowings	and	cash	flow	from	new	share	issue.

Within	investing	activities,	the	deferred	consideration	of	€0.7m	(£0.6m)	on	the	acquisition	of	Geomap	Imagis,	was	paid	as	planned	
in H1	2021.	

Investment in R&D

Development	costs	capitalised	in	the	year	amounted	to	£2.1m	(FY	2020	£2.2m).	Amortisation	of	development	costs	was	£1.9m	
(FY 2020	£1.2m).

Financing

The	Group	arranged	additional	bank	loans	of	£1.8m	on	reasonable	commercial	terms.	At	the	year-end	the	total	loans	outstanding	
were £3.0m.	These	have	been	extended	to	5-year	loans	following	the	exercise	of	an	option	in	the	original	agreement	and	the	amount	
repayable	in	FY	2022	is	approximately	€0.5m	(£0.4m).	With	a	gross	cash	position	of	£7.3m	at	31	January	2021	(FY	2020	£5.1m)	and	
positive	operating	cash	generation,	the	business	is	in	a	much	stronger	financial	position	than	a	year	ago,	which	gives	the	Board	the	
confidence	to	continue	to	invest	in	its	three-pillared	growth	plan.

Going	forward,	the	Board	and	management	teams	are	focused	on	increasing	revenues,	in	particular	recurring	revenues,	whilst	
maintaining	or	improving	the	Group’s	profitability	and	cash	generation.	

Andrew Fabian
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
27	April	2021

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
16

Key Performance Indicators

FINANCIAL KPI’S

Key income statement KPIs are set out below. There are no non-financial KPIs.

2021

2020

2021

2020

Revenue Growth – 
Recurring Revenue 

Revenue Growth – 
Total Revenue

Gross Profit  
Margin

£10.6m

£9.6m

2021

2020

£24.6m
£23.4m

2021

2020

53%
52%

10%

5%

2%

Adjusted EBITDA*

Free Cash Flow**

£3.6m

£3.2m

2021

2020

£0.9m

£(2.4)m

12%

£3.3m

*	 Adjusted	EBITDA	is	a	company-specific	measure	which	is	calculated	as	operating	loss	before	depreciation	(including	right	of	use	asset	depreciation),	

amortisation	and	impairment	of	intangible	assets,	share-based	payment	charge	and	strategic,	integration,	and	other	non-recurring	items.	

**	 Free	cash	flow	is	defined	as	net	increase/	(decrease)	in	cash	for	the	year	before	cash	flows	from	the	acquisition	of	subsidiaries,	cash	flows	from	new	borrowings	

and	repayments	of	borrowings	and	cash	flow	from	new	share	issue.	

Strategic ReportEnvironmental, Social and Governance

17

ESG – OUR VISION

At 1Spatial, we are striving to make the world safer, smarter and more sustainable for the 
future. We believe the answers to achieving these goals are held in data and are passionate 
about working with our customers to unlock the value of their location data. 

Smarter Data, Smarter World

Our World Better

At 1Spatial we are an important part of 
the	Geospatial	Ecosystem,	where	using	
and sharing data provides significant 
opportunities	to	support	businesses	
and governments	to	deliver	against	
important	sustainability	goals.

Zero.	A	key	driver	of	this	map	is	for	
planning,	managing	and	sharing	the	
location	of	Electric	Vehicle	charging	
points	and	builds	on	the	recommendations	
of	the	UK	Government’s	Energy	Data	
Taskforce.

Our	domain	expertise	and	Location	
Master	Data	Management	approach,	
which	is	data	and	system	agnostic,	allows	
us	to	be	an	integral	and	important	part	
of this	Ecosystem.	A	good	example	of	this	
is	where	we	are	working	with	our	partner,	
Ordnance	Survey,	on	a	proof	of	concept	
to	build	a	digital	map	of	the	UK’s	energy	
system that uses the power of data to 
support a more efficient pathway to Net 

Our	vision	at	1Spatial	is	to	“help	our	
customers unlock the value of their 
location	data”	which	could	also	be	
interpreted	as	“making	better	use	of	
data that	they	already	have”.	We	help	our	
customers	do	this	by	using	our	software	
tools	to	improve	the	quality	of	their	data	
so it is fit for purpose within important 
use	cases.	This	is	a	huge	economic	
efficiency for our customers as the 

cost and	time	to	acquire	new	spatial	data,	
for	example	through	field	collection,	can	
often	be	very	high	and	therefore	have	
a negative	impact	on	the	environment.	
Our	1Spatial	suite	of	business	applications	
together	with	those	of	our	partners,	can	
be	deployed	to	make	use	of	this	data	for	
specific	business	needs.

In the past we’ve seen a lot of these 
business	needs	around	efficiencies	or	
cost	savings	but	more	and	more	we	are	
seeing the drivers of these solutions 
around	sustainability,	social	matters,	
health and safety and regulatory 
compliance.	

Some examples of these include the following: 

	➤ The	work	we	are	doing	in	the	US	with	a	number	of	911	Emergency	Services	departments	to	ensure	that	they	have	consistent	

and accurate	address	data	to	improve	emergency	vehicle	response	times	which	will	ultimately	result	in	saving	lives.	

	➤ 	In	the	UK	we	have	an	incident	management	mobile	application	that	allows	the	utility	engineers	to	manage	customers	on	a	real	time	

basis,	going	door	to	door	to	check	customer	safety	and	prioritise	visits	to	vulnerable	customers.	

	➤ In	France	we	are	working	with	the	Société	Wallonne	des	Eaux	(SWDE),	as	part	of	their	move	to	become	more	sustainable	in	the	
management	of	their	water	resources.	SWDE	relies	on	systems	and	the	expertise	of	1Spatial	to	carry	out	innovative	projects,	
to improve	the	efficiency	of	distribution	networks	enabling	SWDE	to	reduce	its	water	losses	by	several	million	m³	in	a	few	years.	
	➤ We	are	helping	the	Environment	Agency	in	the	UK	with	their	Net	Zero	planning	by	helping	them	to	understand	where	their	assets	

are	to	be	able	to	ensure	protection	of	homes,	businesses,	and	communities	from	the	risk	of	flooding.	

	➤ We	are	supporting	states	such	as	Michigan	in	the	US	with	their	underlying	master	data	to	ensure	they	can	make	trusted	decisions	

for	the	state	and	its	citizens.

	➤ We	support	national	mapping	agencies	such	as	Ordnance	Survey	Great	Britain	and	Ordnance	Survey	Ireland	which	are	using	the	

authoritative	data	to	support	the	nation	including	Covid-19	related	issues.	

Whether	creating	these	specific	customer	business	applications	or	supporting	national	mapping	agencies	so	they	can	help	manage	
the	Covid-19	pandemic,	our	team	delivers	results	that	make	a	real	difference	to	people’s	lives.	

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
18

Environmental, Social and Governance (continued)

ENVIRONMENTAL

We are committed to find ways to reduce 
our	impact	on	the	environment.	We	
have made	significant	carbon	emissions	
reductions during the past year and are 
committed	to	continuing	these.	

Our	move	to	home	working	in	all	offices	
over the pandemic has reduced our 
travel	related	pollution,	and	improved	
staff	well-being	with	regards	to	work/
life	balance.	We’ve	taken	project	work	
online,	using	remote	systems	to	manage	
interactions with our clients which 
has further	reduced	travel	pollution.	
Moving	forward	to	a	post-Covid	
workplace,	we’ve	implemented	systems	
that	allow	greater	flexibility	for	staff	
and have	an	ongoing	commitment	to	
support	staff	to	work	remotely.

Some of our current environmental 
initiatives include:

	➤ 	In	some	countries	there	are	subsidies	
available	for	using	public	transport	 
or	bikes.	We	promote	and	encourage	
these schemes to staff in all 
applicable	offices.

	➤ We	have	created	a	“Climate	Neutral	
Website”	through	a	fully	traceable	
scheme	that	offsets	carbon	
emissions with a project in the 
DR Congo.	

	➤ We have recycling initiatives across 
our offices including recycling our 
computer	equipment.	We	actively	
source and choose recycled 
stationary and other office 
supplies wherever	possible.
	➤ Our	Paris	office	in	France	and	
our Vienna	office	in	the	US	are	
“green”	buildings.	

	➤ We	donated	to	Toilet	Twinning:	
a charity	focusing	on	hygiene	
education	and	latrine	building	in	
communities without ready access to 
safe	water,	sanitation	and	healthcare.	
	➤ We have electric car charging points 
in some of our office car parks and 
will	be	considering	hybrid	vehicles	
as lease	car	renewals	come	up.

In	the	UK	we	are	certified	to	ISO	
14001:2015	which	is	a	standard	related	
to environmental management that 
exists	to	help	organisations	minimize	
how their operations negatively 
affect the	environment;	comply	with	
applicable	laws,	regulations,	and	other	
environmental	requirements;	and	
continually	improve.	

As	a	member	of	the	Geospatial	
Community,	the	natural	world	is	an	
inspiration for the whole of the 1Spatial 
team.	We	know	that,	together,	we	can	
make	our	world	better.	We	support	
our people who each year volunteer 
their time,	energy	and	skills	for	global	
good	causes.	The	Missing	Maps	Project,	
which aims to map the most crisis-prone 
parts	of	the	world,	and	the	humanitarian	
mapping	charity,	MapAction	are	two	
organisations that are particularly 
close to	our	hearts.	We	regularly	
participate	in	local,	national	and	
international	charity	fundraisers.	
Our team	in	the	UK	recently	raised	
money to	mark	72	years	of	the	NHS.	

Over	the	past	few	years,	we	have	raised	
funds for charities such as Cancer 
Council,	Care	International,	Red	Nose	
Day,	Save	the	Children,	The	Trussell	
Trust,	MapAction,	Macmillan	Cancer	
Support,	Oxfam,	Age	UK,	Philippines	
Typhoon	Appeal,	WinterComfort	
and	Arthur	Rank	Hospice	Charity.

Strategic Report 
19

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

SOCIAL

GOVERNANCE

1Spatial is a team where everyone 
makes	a	difference.	From	our	
developers,	testers	and	engineers	
to	our	consultants,	marketing	
professionals	and	senior	managers,	
everyone	contributes	to	our success.	

But	making	a	difference	goes	beyond	
our	day-to-day	business	and	the	work	
we provide	as	part	of	our	professional	
roles.	Our	1Team	have	come	together	
to create	staff	led	committees	for	
Social, Community	and	Environmental	
initiatives,	each	working	to	run	schemes	
and	activities	which	will	directly	benefit	
local communities and the world around 
them.	We	are	very	proud	of	all	our	staff	
who	volunteer	their	time,	energy	and	
skills for local and worldwide charities 
and	good	causes.	

We	are	also	passionate	about	looking	
after our staff and actively promote 
the importance	of	mental	health	and	
happiness.	Taking	the	time	to	be	kind	
to yourself	is	something	we	urge	all	
our staff	to	do	and	as	part	of	our	
commitment	to	their	well-being,	we	
have started	to	roll	out	the	following	
initiatives	across	our	offices:

	➤ Mental	health	awareness	training.
	➤ Mental	health	first	aiders.	
	➤ Internal events and initiatives 

to encourage	staff	to	take	time	out	
from	their	working	day.

We are always looking at ways to 
ensure equality	and	diversity	across	our	
company	and	an	inclusive,	welcoming	
working	environment	for	everyone.

Over	the	past	year	we	have	celebrated:	
International	Women’s	Day,	World	Food	
Day,	Diwali,	Thanksgiving,	Mental	Health	
Awareness	Week,	Earth	Day	and	Health	
and	Happiness	month.

Some of the other social activities 
organised by our 1Team include:

	➤ 1Global	Challenge	–	all	staff	were	
encouraged	to	“Get	Active”,	“Get	
Creative”	and	“Get	experimental”.	
	➤ Creating	a	1Spatial	Cookbook	with	
recipes	from	around	the	world.

	➤ Online	fitness	and	relaxation	sessions.
	➤ Flexible	working	to	further	support	
employees especially during the 
pandemic.	

	➤ Regular team meetings and all 

employee	global	sessions	to	help	
communication and ensure all team 
members	feel	involved	and	part	of	
the	1Team.	

	➤ A variety of social activities across 

the	offices	for	team	members	to	join	
in	quizzes	and	games	(played	at	a	
local	and	global	level).

More	information	with	respect	to	how	
the Directors of 1Spatial are fulfilling 
duties to promote the success of the 
company which includes the interests 
of various	stakeholders	such	as	
Employees,	Customers,	Suppliers	
and Partners	is	set	out	within	the	
Section	172	of	the	Annual	Report	
on page	30.

It’s	an	exciting	time	to	be	part	of	a	
growing digital economy and data driven 
sector and whilst promoting the use of 
data	is	important,	safeguarding	the	use	
of location	data	is	absolutely	key.	

Governments	globally	have	set	guidelines	
around	areas	such	as	data	access,	
privacy,	ethics	and	security.	

We	adhere	to	these	standards	globally	
and good governance over customer data 
is	central	to	everything	we	have	been	
doing	for	a	number	of	years.	More	and	
more we work with our customers on 
their projects directly through the cloud 
and so we do not have to take local copies 
of data which improves security around 
this.	We	take	significant	steps	to	ensure	
high security around our IT systems with 
adoption of security standards such as 
Cyber	Essentials.	

In	the	UK	and	USA	we	are	ISO	9001:	
2015 certified.	This	means	that	we	have	
stringent	quality	processes	ensuring	
governance	in	all	our	processes,	projects	
and	efforts.	Quality	processes	are	well	
documented	and	followed	by	all	teams.	

At 1Spatial we are committed to good 
Corporate Governance and adhere to 
the standards	contained	in	the	Corporate	
Governance	Code	for	Small	and	Mid-Size	
Quoted	Companies	(QCA	Code).	More	
details of this is provided in the Corporate 
Governance	Report	on	page	34	of	the	
Annual	Report.	

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
20

Market overview

ESG AGENDA DRIVING  
MARKET GROWTH

Our Market

1Spatial operates within the growing 
global	market	for	location-based	
software often referred to as the 
Geographic	Information	System	(GIS)	or	
geospatial	market.	In	May	2019,	industry	
research	house,	Allied	Market	Research,	
forecast	the	global	GIS	market	to	reach	
$7.86	billion	by	2025	from	$3.24	billion	
in 2017,	growing	at	a	CAGR	of	11.8%	from	
2018	to	2025.	The	report	cited	the	
development	of	smart	cities,	increased	
urban	planning,	the	rise	in	adoption	of	
location-based	software	in	facilities	
management and growing adoption 
within transportation as the major factors 
driving	the	growth	in	the	global	market.	
The adoption of cloud and 3D software 
are also anticipated to drive growth in 
the market.	

Goals	and	objectives	around	
sustainability	plus	the	move	to	a	data	
driven economy is driving unprecedented 
growth	in	both	the	quantity	of	location	
data and the need for applications to 
derive	value	from	it.	Approximately	80%	
of all data collected now has a location 
component	to	it.	The	variety	of	formats	
and repositories of this data mean that 
much	is	currently	unusable.	This	growing	
business	need	means	that	location	data	is	
becoming	more	‘mainstream’	and	an	area	
of focus within the enterprise and across 
government	organisations.

Our Heritage and 
Competitive Positioning 

Very	few	companies	have	the	breadth	
of knowledge,	the	location	expertise	and	
unique	product	solutions	that	1Spatial	
offers and we are a very significant and 
important	part	of	the	global	Geospatial	
Ecosystem.	The	1Spatial	Platform	is	
a complete	set	of	Location	Master	
Data Management	(LMDM)	software	
components	that	can	be	used	to	enable	
customers to unlock the value within 
all their	data	(spatial	and	non-spatial),	to	
achieve	their	objectives.	The	importance	
of	location-based	solutions	and	the	
resilience of the data that underpins 
these	solutions	has	become	an	imperative	
for	businesses	and	governments	to	
provide the services to their customers 
or citizens.

The forecast growth of the GIS market 
is attracting	more	software	providers	
into the	market;	however,	we	believe	very	
few	have	a	comparable	heritage	within	
location	data,	the	breadth	of	knowledge	
of	the	sector	and	the	expertise.	This	
growth of the market landscape provides 
opportunities for us to partner with 
organisations that have applications or 
customers,	but	do	not	have	the	location	
data	management	skills	necessary.	Our	
close	relationship	with	Esri	Inc.,	the	global	
market	leader	in	GIS	database	software,	
gives	us	additional	credibility	together	
with	enhanced	reach	and	market	visibility.	

We focus on three industries where 
accuracy of location and geospatial 
data are	key:	Government,	Utilities	and	
Transport.	This	focus	spans	across	four	
geographic	markets:	the	UK	&	Ireland,	
USA,	Europe,	and	Australia.	

Accurate, Shareable 
Location Data Sitting at the 
Heart of Multiple Themes

There is a growing awareness across 
multiple	industries,	not	only	that	location	
data is a vital element in the delivery 
of better,	faster	and	safer	services,	with	
location	data	increasingly	being	used	
as the	main	points	of	reference	when	
connecting	multiple	systems,	but	that	the	
data	needs	to	be	accurate	and	shareable.

In the past we have traditionally seen 
our offerings	be	used	to	address	needs	
such as increased efficiencies or cost 
savings	but	more	and	more	we	are	seeing	
the	drivers	of	interest	being	around	
sustainability,	health	and	safety	and	
infrastructure	investment.	Our	rules	
engine,	1Integrate,	and	cloud	portal,	
1Data Gateway,	launched	within	the	year,	
are	increasingly	being	recognised	as	
powerful	tools	to	ensure	good	quality	
data	and	data	sharing.

At	the	macro	level,	we	believe	themes	
such	as	the	United	Nations	(UN)	17	
Sustainable	Development	Goals	(SDGs),	
a universal	call	for	action	to	end	poverty,	
hunger	and	protect	the	planet,	and	
specific	government	initiatives,	such	as	
President	Biden’s	“once	in	a	generation”	
spending plan to invest trillions of dollars 
into infrastructure and climate change 
projects,	will	continue	to	be	long-term	
drivers of the need for accurate location-
based,	shareable	data.	

Strategic Report21

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

Key Industry Drivers 

MACRO THEMES

ESG and Sustainable 
Development Goals
169	targets	to	measure
• 

•  Mapping	and	location	data	
playing a significant role

Government Investment 
Initiatives
•  Building	back	post	Covid

•  USA	$2	Trillion	plan	for	

infrastructure investment

Digital Economy
•  Need to hold assets digitally 

i.e., Digital	Twins

•  Data and systems in the cloud

•  Sharing data

•  UN	–	Need	for	improved	data	

•  UK	Plans	to	unlock	£40bn	

quality

TARGET MARKETS

for infrastructure	investment

•  European	Commission	–$750bn	

stimulus fund

Government

Utilities

Transport

MARKET DRIVERS

Sustainability (drive to net zero)

Infrastructure Investment

Health & Safety

Enabled by 1Spatial Platform

Good data quality and data governance –
Our approach uses data standards and rules to enable compliance and sharing of data through API’s

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
22

1Spatial Platform

Location master 
data management

1Spatial Platform
The	1Spatial	Platform	is	a	complete	set	of	Location	Master	Data	Management	(LMDM)	software	components,	which	 
combines	servers,	portals,	dashboards,	SDKs,	APIs,	data	connectors,	business-focused	applications	and	our	patented	 
1Integrate	rules	engine.

The Data Ecosystem and how the 1Spatial Platform sits at the heart

Data is often collected and stored in 
silos. What	we	help	our	customers	
achieve through	the	1Spatial	Platform	
is an	integrated	data	system	–	an	
ecosystem	where	data	can	be	shared,	
and customers	therefore	can	save	
significant time and money on having 
to collect	data	themselves	which	already	
exists	elsewhere	(internally	or	externally).	
But	in	order	to	rely	on	this	shared	data,	
there	first	needs	to	be	a	mechanism	
to validate	its	accuracy.	Data	is	often	
captured and stored in different 
standards and formats and at differing 
levels	of	data	quality	so	needs	to	be	
checked	before	it	can	be	trusted.

1Spatial’s	LMDM	approach	allows	us	
to connect	all	elements	of	the	data	
ecosystem	together	because	we	put	
data governance	and	data	quality	at	
the heart	of	our	platform.	

First	of	all,	we	have	the	data	sources	
which	come	in	and	out	of	the	platform.	
i.e.,	Ordnance	Survey	Data,	3D	data	and	
other	data	types.	We	then	bring	in	the	
data standards which the data needs to 
conform	to.	By	using	our	automated	rules	
engine	1Integrate,	we	can	audit	the	data,	
clean	it	and	ensure	it	is	compliant	before	
synchronising	it	across	the	data	ecosystem.	

Data	never	stands	still.	So	we	also	use	the	
1Spatial	Platform	to	update	the	changes	
in	data	before	it	is	allowed	to	enter	the	
data ecosystem and this ensures our 
customers’	data	remains	of	good	quality	
and	always	compliant.

Finally,	the	1Spatial	Platform	enables	our	
customers	to	analyse	the	data,	feeling	
confident to use and rely on it for making 
business	critical	and	lifesaving	decisions.	
They can use this data through one of our 
business	apps	such	as	HPMS	or	TMPA	or	
share	it	back	to	their	systems	or	partners	
such	as	Esri	or	SAP.

Business Applications

Ecosystem

DATA

DATA

1Water

DATA

DATA

DATA

DATA

DATA

DATA

DATA

DATA

DATA

DATA

DATA

DATA

DATA

DATA

1Water	is	a	business	application	for	
water network	management.	This	global	
solution	is	being	built	on	top	of	the	Esri	
platform and works with the new Esri 
Utility	Network	Model.	We	will	initially	be	
using this solution to migrate our existing 
French customers in the Water sector 
to the	Esri	platform	but	intend	to	sell	
this solution	globally	once	finalised.	

We	will	officially	be	launching	this	later	in	
the	year	but	have	already	been	awarded	
the	Esri	Utility	Network	Specialty	
designation	in	February	2021	and	also	
further	recognised	at	the	Esri	Partner	
Conference	in	March	2021	winning	the	
Web	GIS	Transformation	Award.	Both	of	
these high profile Esri recommendations 
were earned in large from the work we 
are doing	with	1Water.

Strategic Report 
23

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

1Water

arcOpole PRO

1SPATIAL APPS

1BIZ SERVER

911

TMPA

HPMS

1SPATIAL APPS

A N A LY S E                                 AUDIT & CLEANSE

UPDATE (CHANGE ONLY)                     S Y N C H R O N I S E

Data

CUSTOMERS

DATA
S0URCES

CAD

geoCO B i e

Non-Sp a t i a l
Data   2

SYSTEMS

DATA 
SOURCES

3D

Non-Sp a t i a l
Data   1  

DATA
STANDARDS
& RULES

PARTNERS

U.S. Highways 
Performance Management 
Systems (HPMS)

HPMS,	underpinned	by	the	1Spatial	
1Integrate	rules	engine,	was	developed	
in collaboration	with	the	US	Federal	
Highway	Administration.	The	application	
automates the process of validating and 
preparing the highway/roads data for 
submittal	to	the	Federal	Highway	agency,	
which was formerly a very arduous 
process.	HPMS	data	submittal	is	critical	
to each	of	the	50	states	in	the	US,	as	it	
determines the Federal highway funds 
to be	allocated	to	each	state	each	year.	
This	repeatable	solution	for	state	
Departments of Transportation provides 
recurring annual term licence and services 
contracts.	Customers	already	include	
Massachusetts,	West	Virginia	
and Pennsylvania.

Traffic Management Plan 
Automation

Our	Traffic	Management	Plan	Automation	
app	enables	the	automatic	generation	
of statutory	traffic	management	plans	
around	essential	roadworks.	Excavating	
roads	to	access	utility	pipelines	and	cables	
is	often	unavoidable	and,	in	the	UK,	there	
are approximately four million such digs 
every	year.	Each	one	must	be	meticulously	
planned and a significant amount of time 
is	required	for	the	creation	of	an	approved,	
standards-compliant traffic management 
plan.	We	believe	the	market	opportunity	
for	the	application	to	be	significant	and	
are currently evaluating partnering 
opportunities to further develop 
this solution.

Next-Generation-911

Our	Next-Generation-911	Solution	
ensures that	emergency	services	are	
using validated and integrated data 
and any	issues	with	the	data	are	rectified	
as	quickly	as	possible.	The	automated	
process	saves	time	and	resources,	
providing a single source of truth for 
multiple	emergency	service	departments.	
By	having	a	complete	dataset,	the	
emergency	service	departments	will	be	
able	to	react	to	incidents	more	quickly	and	
make	decisions	confidently,	based	on	quality	
data.	Therefore,	communities	will	receive	
a better	level	of	service	because	of	the	
faster	response	rates.

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  StatementsBusiness applications to usedata for specific needsData management solutionsfor good data governanceCustomer and external datasources and data standards 
 
 
 
24

Strategic Framework

Our three pillars

UNDERPINNED  
BY THE PEOPLE  
WITHIN THE  
BUSINESS

We	are	building	our	highly	scalable	
business	on	three	pillars:	Innovation,	
Customer Relationships and Smart 
Partnerships.

At the heart of each of these is our 1Team 
–	a	world	class,	dedicated,	passionate	and	
driven	team	of	people	who	embody	our	
Brand	Values.	Their	ability	to	continually	
innovate whilst delivering the highest 
levels of customer satisfaction means 
that	our	growth	pillars	are	built	on	very	
secure	foundations.

  Objectives

  Progress

INNOVATION

Innovation lies at the heart of 1Spatial. 
We have been at the forefront of 
providing software to manage location 
data for over 50 years. We help 
organisations build strong location 
data infrastructures, leading to better 
business decisions. We do this using our 
automated, rules-based approach to 
data validation, integration and 
enhancement. 

•  Data Management Solutions – 1Integrate: 
We will	enhance	our	core	1Integrate	rules	
engine,	using	new	technologies	to	improve	
our competitive	positioning	through	increased	
data	management.	

•  Business Applications: We will develop and 

bring	to	market	powerful	business	applications,	
developed	to	meet	our	customer	needs.	We	will	
focus our efforts on the sectors in which we 
have extensive domain expertise and proven 
competitive	advantage.

•  Cloud platform:	We	will	deliver	our	business	
applications	quickly	and	efficiently.	We	are	
developing	a	scalable	multi-tenant	cloud	
platform,	which	will	provide	customers	
access to	configured	versions	of	our	business	
applications.

•  Continued	investment	in	1Integrate,	our	

innovative	patented	no-code	rules	engine	–	
including work to handle full 3D solid data 
and supporting	more	data	types.

•  Launched	1Data	Gateway,	our	self-service	
web-portal	for	spatial	data	validation,	
processing	and	analytics.

•  Development of the 1Spatial Business Server 
as well	as	additional	Business	Applications	
such as	1Water	and	Next	Generation	911.

•  Ongoing	progress	into	cloud	enabling	our	

technology	to	allow	elastic	scalability	which	
will automatically	grow	and	shrink	the	number	
of	running	engines	in	the	deployment	based	
on the	demand.

We will grow our customer base and strengthen 

We will use smart partnerships to extend 

our market reach, providing additional scale 

to our capabilities.

customer relationships. We want to be our 

customers’ strategic partner and trusted 

advisor in Location Master Data Management 

in our chosen industries and geographies.

•  We will leverage our customer relationships to identify 

•  We will partner with major technology consultancies 

business	problems	and	develop	business	applications	

•  We	will	be	first	to	market	with	innovative	solutions	

for wide-scale	business	problems	within	our	

to solve	them.	

target markets.

•  We	will	use	our	sector	specific	business	applications	

to secure	new	customers	and	expand	our	engagements	

through	the	cross-sell	of	additional	solutions,	1Integrate	

and	business	applications.

and GIS	providers	in	complex	customer	programmes.	

Our	powerful	rules	engine,	1Integrate,	will	provide	the	

data	cleansing	and	automation,	allowing	the	software	

components of the programmes to communicate 

with each	other.

•  We	will	collaborate	with	software	platform	providers,	

such	as	Esri	Inc.	We	will	enhance	the	value	of	their	

technology in their platforms through the development 

of	pre-built	business	applications.	

•  We will partner with other organisations to enter 

adjacent	industry	verticals,	where	our	location	data	

expertise	can	combine	with	their	domain	expertise.	

•  The	success	of	our	customer	focus,	combined	with	

ongoing	transition	to	term	licencing,	can	be	seen	in	

the 10%	growth	in	Annualised	Recurring	Revenue*	

and the	increase	in	committed	revenue,	driven	both	

by new	customer	wins	and	expansion	of	existing	

customer	accounts.

•  Our	Smarter	Data	Smarter	World	conference	saw	652	

registrations	from	363	organisations	in	47	countries,	

a significant	increase	on	prior,	non-digital	events.	

•  Since	launching	the	new	website,	we	have	seen	a	

considerable	increase	in	online	engagement,	with	

sessions	per	user	increasing	by	43%,	pages	viewed	

in these	sessions	increasing	41%	and	the	average	

session	duration	has	increased	84%,	demonstrating	

the increased	relevance	of	our	product	offering	and	

marketing	messages	to	our	target	markets,	and	our	

ability	to	reach	new	clients	virtually,	as	well	as	

traditional face-to-face	engagement.

*	 Annualised	Recurring	Revenue	(“ARR”)	is	the	annualised	value	at	the	 

year-end of committed recurring contracts for licences and support 

& maintenance

• 

Increasingly	being	utilised	by	our	partners	as	their	

data integrity	provider,	cleansing	the	data	before	

passing	it	back	through	wider	systems.

•  Our	strong	partnership	with	Esri	France	is	generating	

increasing interest in the local authority and utility 

market and was strengthened post period end through 

the	winning	of	a	prestigious	Esri	award,	for	1Spatial’s	

innovative and extensive product integration within 

Esri’s	ArcGIS	Enterprise.	This	followed	1Spatial	being	

given	Esri	Utility	Network	Management	Specialty	

designation,	recognising	1Spatial’s	knowledge	and	

expertise within utilities and the implementation 

of Water	Solutions.	

•  Our	new	partnership	with	Ordnance	Survey	has	seen	

us secure	the	prestigious	pilot	for	the	Energy	Networks	

Association.

Strategic Report25

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

  Objectives

  Progress

Innovation lies at the heart of 1Spatial. 

We have been at the forefront of 

providing software to manage location 

data for over 50 years. We help 

organisations build strong location 

data infrastructures, leading to better 

business decisions. We do this using our 

automated, rules-based approach to 

data validation, integration and 

enhancement. 

•  Data Management Solutions – 1Integrate: 

We will	enhance	our	core	1Integrate	rules	

engine,	using	new	technologies	to	improve	

our competitive	positioning	through	increased	

data	management.	

•  Business Applications: We will develop and 

bring	to	market	powerful	business	applications,	

developed	to	meet	our	customer	needs.	We	will	

focus our efforts on the sectors in which we 

have extensive domain expertise and proven 

competitive	advantage.

•  Cloud platform:	We	will	deliver	our	business	

applications	quickly	and	efficiently.	We	are	

developing	a	scalable	multi-tenant	cloud	

platform,	which	will	provide	customers	

access to	configured	versions	of	our	business	

applications.

•  Continued	investment	in	1Integrate,	our	

innovative	patented	no-code	rules	engine	–	

including work to handle full 3D solid data 

and supporting	more	data	types.

•  Launched	1Data	Gateway,	our	self-service	

web-portal	for	spatial	data	validation,	

processing	and	analytics.

•  Development of the 1Spatial Business Server 

as well	as	additional	Business	Applications	

such as	1Water	and	Next	Generation	911.

•  Ongoing	progress	into	cloud	enabling	our	

technology	to	allow	elastic	scalability	which	

will automatically	grow	and	shrink	the	number	

of	running	engines	in	the	deployment	based	

on the	demand.

CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS

SMART PARTNERSHIPS

We will grow our customer base and strengthen 
customer relationships. We want to be our 
customers’ strategic partner and trusted 
advisor in Location Master Data Management 
in our chosen industries and geographies.

We will use smart partnerships to extend 
our market reach, providing additional scale 
to our capabilities.

•  We will leverage our customer relationships to identify 
business	problems	and	develop	business	applications	
to solve	them.	

•  We	will	be	first	to	market	with	innovative	solutions	

for wide-scale	business	problems	within	our	
target markets.

•  We	will	use	our	sector	specific	business	applications	

to secure	new	customers	and	expand	our	engagements	
through	the	cross-sell	of	additional	solutions,	1Integrate	
and	business	applications.

•  We will partner with major technology consultancies 
and GIS	providers	in	complex	customer	programmes.	
Our	powerful	rules	engine,	1Integrate,	will	provide	the	
data	cleansing	and	automation,	allowing	the	software	
components of the programmes to communicate 
with each	other.

•  We	will	collaborate	with	software	platform	providers,	
such	as	Esri	Inc.	We	will	enhance	the	value	of	their	
technology in their platforms through the development 
of	pre-built	business	applications.	

•  We will partner with other organisations to enter 

adjacent	industry	verticals,	where	our	location	data	
expertise	can	combine	with	their	domain	expertise.	

•  The	success	of	our	customer	focus,	combined	with	
ongoing	transition	to	term	licencing,	can	be	seen	in	
the 10%	growth	in	Annualised	Recurring	Revenue*	
and the	increase	in	committed	revenue,	driven	both	
by new	customer	wins	and	expansion	of	existing	
customer	accounts.

•  Our	Smarter	Data	Smarter	World	conference	saw	652	
registrations	from	363	organisations	in	47	countries,	
a significant	increase	on	prior,	non-digital	events.	

•  Since	launching	the	new	website,	we	have	seen	a	
considerable	increase	in	online	engagement,	with	
sessions	per	user	increasing	by	43%,	pages	viewed	
in these	sessions	increasing	41%	and	the	average	
session	duration	has	increased	84%,	demonstrating	
the increased	relevance	of	our	product	offering	and	
marketing	messages	to	our	target	markets,	and	our	
ability	to	reach	new	clients	virtually,	as	well	as	
traditional face-to-face	engagement.

*	 Annualised	Recurring	Revenue	(“ARR”)	is	the	annualised	value	at	the	 

year-end of committed recurring contracts for licences and support 
& maintenance

• 

Increasingly	being	utilised	by	our	partners	as	their	
data integrity	provider,	cleansing	the	data	before	
passing	it	back	through	wider	systems.

•  Our	strong	partnership	with	Esri	France	is	generating	
increasing interest in the local authority and utility 
market and was strengthened post period end through 
the	winning	of	a	prestigious	Esri	award,	for	1Spatial’s	
innovative and extensive product integration within 
Esri’s	ArcGIS	Enterprise.	This	followed	1Spatial	being	
given	Esri	Utility	Network	Management	Specialty	
designation,	recognising	1Spatial’s	knowledge	and	
expertise within utilities and the implementation 
of Water	Solutions.	

•  Our	new	partnership	with	Ordnance	Survey	has	seen	

us secure	the	prestigious	pilot	for	the	Energy	Networks	
Association.

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
26

Strategy in Action

Unlocking the value 
of location data

State of  
Michigan

California’s Office of 
Emergency Services

Environment 
Agency

Government convergence 
and	data	sharing	for	better	
business	decisions 

• Government now have access to 
a	more	robust	set	of	information	
to make trusted decisions for 
the	state	and	its	citizens.

• 1Spatial is delivering an easy to 

use,	automated	data	submission	
process for the validation and 
integration of spatial data from 
the local level up to the State 
of Michigan.	

• Complete	master	data	enables	
state to utilise data at the heart 
of	all	their	activities.

• Multi-year	contract	with	the	
State	of	Michigan	for	LMDM	
solution using 1Integrate and 
1Data Gateway to create an 
integrated	state-wide	database	
of	all	location	data.	

• Initial contract value of 

approximately	US$2.6m	over	
five	years.	

• 1Data Gateway portal will 
be used	by	hundreds	of	
organisations across the state 
to	automate	submission	and	
cleanse	of	data.

Ensuring accuracy of data 
to improve	emergency	
service response times 
and ultimately	save	lives	

• 1Integrate and 1Data Gateway 
will	enable	the	California	9-1-1	
Emergency	Operations	Branch	
to	build	a	scalable	validation	
platform to ensure incoming 
data from multiple data 
providers meets accuracy 
standards for use in their 
Next Generation	9-1-1	
implementation,	improving	
speed	and	accuracy	of	response.

• Multi-year	contract	with	the	
State	of	California’s	Office	of	
Emergency	Services.

• Initial contract value of 

approximately	US$0.6m	over	
two years and recurring element 
of	US$0.1m	per	annum.

• Repeatable	solution	capable	of	
supporting other States across 
North America to deliver on 
their	Next	Generation	targets.

LMDM	at	the	heart	
of Defra’s	sustainability	
and Net	Zero	plan 

• The Environment Agency 

need to understand	where	their	
assets	are	to	be	able	to	ensure	
protection	of	homes,	businesses,	
and communities from the risk  
of	flooding.	

• Supply chain data coming into 
the	agency	needs	to	be	trusted	
to	plan,	build,	design,	maintain	
and operate programmes for 
flood	and	coastal	defence.

• 1Spatial	is	collaborating	with	the	
Environment Agency and Defra 
to automatically verify and 
validate supplied data against 
business	and	data	rules	stored	
in	a	Data	Rules	Library	–	value	
of £300k	following	£60k	proof	
of	concept.

• Exposure to other parts of Defra 

and	repeatable	solution	for	
other	government	agencies.

• Post	year	end,	1Spatial	is	

working with Defra and the 
Rural	Payments	Agency	on	
future farming and is an 
integral part	of	the	transition	
to a	new	Environmental	Land	
Management	Scheme	as	part	of	
the	UK	Government’s	25-year	
Environment	Plan.

Strategic Report27

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

Energy Networks 
Association

City of  
Marseille

Data	quality	underpinning	
Net	Zero	drive	by	UK	
electricity and gas network 
operators

• Energy Networks Association 

(ENA)	is	working	with	Ordnance	
Survey	(OS)	and	1Spatial	to	build	
an in-depth digital system map 
of	the	UK’s	energy	system.	

• 1Spatial’s 1Integrate and 1Data 
Gateway	tools	will	be	deployed	
to audit and validate the 
network data from all of Britain’s 
electricity and gas network 
operators to ensure it is fit for 
purpose	before	being	visualised	
in	Ordnance	Survey’s	Digital	
Asset	Hub.

• Multiple	uses	for	the	digital	map,	
including,	planning,	managing,	
and sharing the location of 
Electric	Vehicle	charging	points.	

• Repeatable	business	model	of	

working together in partnership 
with	Ordnance	Survey.

Delivering	against	public	
service	goals	and	objectives 

• One	of	our	largest	clients	in	

the local	government	sector	in	
France	is	the	City	of	Marseille	
–	the	2nd	largest	city	in	France.

• The	City	of	Marseille	has	

decided	to	benefit	from	our	
agreements with Esri to migrate 
their legacy GIS to the ArcGIS 
platform	using	our	new	arcOpole	
Pro	business	solution.	

• With	the	new	solution,	the	City	
of	Marseille	aim	to	address	
a wide	range	of	their	public	
service	goals	and	objectives	
such	as	managing	addresses,	
trees,	surveillance	cameras,	
land use right and asset 
management	in	collaboration	
with	other	3rd	party	software.

• Repeatable	solution	across	all	

existing	customer	base	in	
France.	

Northern Gas 
Networks (Esri 
Utility Network)

Modernising	data	at	NGN	
to create	a	digital	twin	and	
start the transition to a net 
zero	economy 

• In	collaboration	with	Esri	UK,	

1Spatial has signed a multi-year 
contract	with	Gas	Distributor,	
Northern	Gas	Networks	(NGN),	
to	deliver	the	UK’s	first	
enterprise migration to Esri’s 
new	ArcGIS	Utility	Network	
model	in	excess	of	£1m,	of	which	
the recurring revenue element 
is expected	to	be	over	£0.2m.

• 1Spatial	received	the	Esri	Utility	
Network	Management	Specialty	
designation recognising them 
for knowledge and expertise 
within	utilities.

• 1Water	is	recognised	by	Esri	as	

a focused	solution	that	supports	
and	extends	the	ArcGIS	Utility	
Network	for	customers.

• 1Spatial	has	been	supporting	
utilities for many years and 
have the	skills	and	solutions	
to unlock	the	power	of	Esri’s	
ArcGIS	Utility	Network	for	
utilities	across	the	globe	with	
customer engagements 
underway	internationally.

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
28

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

The management of the business and the execution of the Group’s 
strategies are subject to a number of risks. In the opinion of the Board, 
the principal business risks affecting the Group, and the controls and 
mitigation to manage these risks, are as follows:

Principal risk description and potential impact

Mitigation and controls

Pandemic (e.g. Covid-19) disrupts 
business operations

The impact of further lockdowns and extended social distancing 
restrictions	that	may	result	as	a	consequence	of	a	global	pandemic	
e.g.	Covid-19,	could	have	an	impact	on	the	ability	of	employees	
to deliver	services	and	support	to	customers.	It	could	also	impact	
our	ability	generate	new	business,	given	the	limited	ability	to	
host physical	user	events	for	our	customers	and	attend	industry	
exhibitions	and	events.	A	continued	or	new	future	lock-down	of	
customer	offices	may	reduce	our	ability	to	carry	out	our	consulting	
services	and	delay	or	reduce	income	during	these	restrictions.

Economic and political changes  
and impact on customers

With	the	current	uncertainty	across	global	markets	during	the	
Covid-19	pandemic,	including	the	enormous	fiscal	stimuli	in	major	
economies,	coupled	with	the	UK’s	departure	from	the	European	
Union,	there	is	the	risk	that	companies	and,	in	particular,	
government agencies are under more pressure to reduce spending 
budgets.	They	may	require	a	robust	business	case	before	investing	
in technology and services which can impact or lengthen deal sales 
cycles	and	reducing	deal	size.	

Key management and employees  
may leave the business

There is a risk that key management and employees leave 
the business,	having	a	detrimental	effect	on	the	operations	
of the business.	

Reliance on key customers

The Group has traditionally had some client concentration 
and reliance	on	certain	key	customers.	

We successfully facilitated a move to remote working across 
all our sites	in	March	2020,	enabling	the	Board	to	function	and	
management teams and staff to maintain engagement with 
our customers	and	key	stakeholders.	We	are	now	providing	our	
customers	with	user	events	on	a	virtual	basis	through	webinars	and	
also	attending	events	and	exhibitions	on	a	virtual	basis.	Whilst	there	
have	been	some	delays	to	signing	some	new	business,	the	nature	of	
our	technology	offering,	with	internal	systems	largely	cloud-based,	
means	we	have	been	able	to	operate	extremely	effectively	on	
a remote	basis.

Whilst	this	is	a	risk,	it	is	also	an	opportunity	for	1Spatial.	
Our automated	technology	enables	customers	to	achieve	greater	
internal efficiencies and therefore should reduce customers’ total 
costs	in	the	long	run.	The	Group	is	also	mitigating	this	risk	by	
looking to diversify the industry sectors and geographies in 
which it operates.

In	order	to	mitigate	this	risk,	the	Group	aims	to	create	a	rewarding	
working	environment	that	will	attract	staff	by	offering	competitive	
salaries	and	benefits,	structured	career	paths,	tailored	training	and	
by	encouraging	a	culture	of	free	thinking	and	innovation.	The	Group	
established	a	new	1Spatial	employee	share	plan	in	2018,	and	further	
incentive	were	awarded	under	this	scheme	in	2020,	to	incentivise	
management and employees to deliver long-term value creation 
and	align	their	interests	with	those	of	the	Company's	shareholders.

The Group continues to invest in key customer relationships that 
it has	successfully	retained	over	many	years,	while	also	maintaining	
a	strategy	to	extend	and	diversify	its	customer	base.	The	shift	to	
subscription-based	(term)	revenues	from	perpetual	licences	across	
the Group will also reduce the financial impact of peaks and troughs 
that	can	occur	with	any	individual	key	customer	project	delays.	
As recurring	revenue	from	term	licences	increases,	the	revenue	
will be	more	predictable.

Strategic Report29

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

Principal risk description and potential impact

Mitigation and controls

Growth management

The	Group	is	focused	on	revenue	growth	–	both	organically	
and potentially	through	acquisitions	–	to	increase	our	market	
reach in	the	geographies	that	we	currently	operate	in,	as	well	as	the	
solutions	that	we	offer	in	those	geographies.	The	risks	associated	
with growth include the delivery of market penetration through the 
integration	of	the	acquisitions,	conversion	of	leads	to	sales,	and	
control of increases in fixed operating costs to support revenue 
growth.	There	are	also	potential	risks	to	achieving	revenue	growth	
from	competitors	with	open	system	offerings	and	similar	solutions.	
If	the	Group	is	unable	to	manage	expansion	effectively,	its	business	
and	financial	results	could	suffer.	

The	business	development	strategy	is	closely	monitored	by	the	
senior team and the Group’s pipeline of opportunities is regularly 
reviewed	at	sales	and	Board	meetings.	The	successful	integration	
of	acquisitions	is	a	key	Board	priority	to	ensure	that	they	bring	the	
required	synergies	and	benefits	to	the	Group.	The	Group	conducts	
rigorous	due	diligence	as	part	of	any	potential	acquisition	to	ensure	
financial,	operational	and	technological	aspects	are	understood.	
The investment in core solutions together with the development 
of new	business	applications,	particularly	those	delivered	through	
the	cloud,	will	enable	the	Group	to	scale	more	rapidly.	We	continue	
to	invest	in	the	relationships	with	our	key	partners,	which	we	see	
as core	to	our	growth	strategy.	As	part	of	this	we	have	recruited	a	
global	partner	manager	to	focus	on	managing	our	key	relationships	
in	a	more	professional	way.

A major technology failure may  
adversely disrupt operations

Breaches	of	the	Group’s	digital	security	through	cyber-attacks	
or otherwise,	or	failure	of	the	Group’s	digital	infrastructure	could	
seriously	disrupt	operations,	including	the	provision	of	customer	
services,	and	result	in	a	decline	in	revenues.

The Group continues to invest in resources in enhancing site 
resilience	and	defences,	improving	network	monitoring	and	
reviewing the incident response processes to mitigate the impact 
of a	security	breach.

A data breach may adversely impact  
operations and damage business reputation

Breaches	of	the	Group’s	digital	security	through	cyber-attacks	
or otherwise,	or	failure	of	the	Group’s	digital	infrastructure	result	
in the	loss	or	misuse	of	sensitive	information,	including	client	data.	
Legal	or	regulatory	breaches	could	result	in	potential	liability,	and	
reputational	damage	among	the	customer	base	leading	to	a	decline	
in	revenues	as	well	as	significant	penalties	or	fines.

The Group continues to invest in technical and security resources 
and regularly reviews its information security policies and 
procedures	to	ensure	it	reduces	the	risk,	and	mitigates	the	impact,	
of	any	potential	data	security	breach.	The	Group	has	ISO	9001	
(QMS	Quality	Management	System	Certification)	accreditation	
in some	countries.

Reliance on key partners

The Group works with key partners in each geospatial market to 
provide	customers	with	software	and	services.	Our	software	tools	
can	be	bought	stand-alone	or	within	our	partners’	platforms.	The	
Group therefore has reliance on maintaining good relationships 
with	key	partners	to	provide	software	and	services	to	customers.

The Group’s management team works to maintain good 
relationships	with	its	partners	in	each	country,	including	regular	
meetings	throughout	the	year.	The	management	team	works	with	
each	partner	to	identify	points	of	collaboration	to	achieve	wherever	
possible	a	win	for	both	companies.

Loss of intellectual property

Failure to protect the Group's intellectual property may result 
in another	party	using	its	proprietary	technology	without	
authorisation.

Currency fluctuation

As	an	international	Group,	with	revenue	and	costs	in	foreign	
currencies,	the	financial	results	are	exposed	to	currency	
movements,	predominantly	US$	and	€.

The	Group's	intellectual	property	is	protected	in	the	USA	by	a	
patent.	The	source	code	for	all	1Spatial	software	is	securely	stored	
and	backed-up	in	Atlassian’s	BitBucket,	a	leading	industry-standard	
cloud-based	source	code	repository	system.	In	order	to	minimise	
the	disclosure	of	intellectual	property	outside	the	organisation,	
the Group	relies	on	confidentiality	agreements	with	its	employees,	
customers,	suppliers,	consultants	and	others	to	protect	its	
intellectual	property	rights.	These	are	backed	up	with	strict	
operational	IT	policies	for	user	offboarding	which	are	audited	
and compliant	with	ISO	9001	and	Cyber	Essentials	Plus.

The Group seeks to reduce foreign exchange exposures arising 
from	transactions	in	various	currencies.	There	is	a	high	degree	
of natural	hedging	of	revenues	with	costs	in	overseas	operations.	
Any	residual	currency	exposure	is	managed	by	using	spot	and	
forward currency contracts to offset that risk as soon as the 
currency	exposure	is	known	with	reasonable	certainty.

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
30

Section 172 Statement

The Directors have fulfilled 
their responsibilities under 
Section 172 of the Companies 
Act 2006, which requires 
them to act in the way they 
consider, in good faith, would 
be most likely to promote the 
success of the Company for 
the benefit of its members 
as a whole. 

Engaging with stakeholders is very 
important to 1Spatial and in this 
section we explain in more detail how 
1Spatial	does	this.	We	understand	
that effective engagement with 
stakeholders at Board level is crucial 
to	fulfilling	1Spatial’s	purpose.

The essentials of our care for the 
workforce and community and other 
stakeholders,	as	well	as	continued	
commitment	to	leadership,	corporate	
governance,	effective	decision-making	
and access to relevant and timely 
information	remain	our	priority.	These	
factors	are	especially	important	today.	

The likely consequences  
of any decisions in the  
long-term

The Board has three strategic growth 
pillars	for	FY22	and	beyond,	which	are:	
innovation,	customer	relationships	and	
smart	partnerships.	These	pillars	reflect	
the need to consider the interests of our 
staff and the need to keep pace with 
market initiatives and technological 
changes,	so	the	business	is	appropriately	
positioned	to	take	best	advantage	of	
market	conditions.	The	strategic	pillars	
are cascaded down to all the entities and 
individuals	within	the	business	through	
our	Global	Business	Objectives	Setting	
process,	our	monthly	Global	Management	
Meetings,	and	regular	financial	
reporting processes.

The interests of  
our employees

Engaged,	enabled,	empowered	
employees	who	contribute	to	the	best	
of their	potential	are	fundamental	to	
the long-term	success	of	the	business.	
We employ	and	develop	high	calibre	
staff and	we	maintain	oversight	of	their	
performance through performance 
review processes and personal 
development	programmes.	We	actively	
support	equality,	diversity	and	inclusivity	
and we do as much as we can to ensure 
a positive	environment	for	health	and	
wellbeing.	We	offer	appropriate	levels	
of remuneration	which	we	benchmark	
using	market	surveys.	We	value	our	
employees’ thoughts and ideas and 
two-way communication is actively 
sought	and	encouraged.	During	the	
year a number	of	staff	surveys	were	
carried out in each geography to 
assess employees	wellbeing	given	the	
particularly difficult circumstances this 
year.	Matters	covered	included	health	and	
safety	working	at	home,	ensuring	that	
they felt supported during the pandemic 
and views and opinions around returning 
to	the	work	place.	During	this	year	we	
have	implemented	lots	of	wellbeing	
activities,	which	focus	on	promoting	
mental	and	physical	health.

During	the	Covid-19	period,	we	have	taken	
advice	from	local	governments	in the	
countries	that	we	operate	in	to safeguard	
our	employees	and	subcontractors,	the	
majority	of	which	are working	remotely,	
with regular check-ins with other 
members	of	staff.	To maintain	mental	
health and connectedness in this difficult 
time,	staff have	had	access	to	wellbeing	
resources,	and	regularly	meet	online	
to support	each	other,	participating	
in weekly	social	activities.	As	a	Group	
we will	be	guided	by	the	advice	of	
governments across our territories on 
maintaining measures to protect our 
employees’ health as the social distancing 
restrictions	are	adjusted.	

Building and sustaining  
a positive corporate culture 
across the Group

The Board gives active consideration on 
an	ongoing	basis	to	how	we	demonstrate	
the positive corporate culture and 
conduct	at	1Spatial.	These	matters	are	
important	as	they	affect	all	stakeholders.	
The Board recognises that determining 
and	embedding	a	high	standard	of	
corporate	culture	within	the	business	
is essential	to	not	only	ensure	the	
Group preserves	and	maintains	its	
long-established	reputation	for	high	
standards	of	business	conduct,	but	
also to ensure	the	business	remains	
sustainable,	maximises	any	competitive	
advantage this provides over the longer 
term	and	builds	value	for	shareholders.	
During	the	year	we’ve	been	engaging	with	
focus groups in each territory to discuss 
our	culture	and	brand	values	to	ensure	
a united	global	culture.	Following	these	
focus	groups,	we	are	looking	to	refresh	
our	brand	values	during	the	next	financial	
year	to	be	more	aligned	with	new	ways	of	
working	both	together	as	a	team	and	with	
our other stakeholders such as our 
customers	and	partners.

The need to foster the  
Group’s business relationships 
with customers, partners, 
suppliers and others

1Spatial customers are key to the 
long-term	success	of	our	business.	
We develop	relationships	with	our	
customers	based	on	mutual	trust	and	
our ability	to	effectively	meet	their	needs.	
We focus on understanding what they 
want and put that at the centre of our 
decision-making to create meaningful 
partnerships so that we understand how 
our	customers’	requirements	evolve.	This	
is	key	to	our	Land	and	Expand	approach	
of	developing	our	customer	relationships,	
enabling	us	to	derive	insights	from	our	
customers to inform future product 
development	and	innovation.

Business is also sourced through our 
invaluable	partnership	networks	with	key	
players	in	the	location	field	such	as	Esri,	
Ordnance	Survey,	Safe	Software	and	

Strategic Report31

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

VertiGIS.	They	are	key	business	partners	
and we set out our relationship in terms 
of business	or	service	level	agreements.	
We maintain oversight of these 
arrangements as well as making sure 
our customers	receive	appropriate	
levels of	disclosure.

The impact of the Group’s 
operations on the community

1Spatial	is	a	responsible	member	of	
its global	and	local	community	as	it	
reflects our culture and matters to our 
staff	and	local	community.	1Spatial	has	
a strong	culture	of	supporting	staff	in	
both	individual	and	group	volunteering	
and fundraising	initiatives.	To	maintain	
direction and drive momentum our 
Senior team	coordinates	corporate	
social responsibility	activities	within	the	
Group.	Each	year,	our	staff	volunteer	their	
time,	energy	and	skills	for	projects	that	
support	global	good	causes.	One	such	
initiative	is Missing	Maps,	a	project	to	
map the most crisis-prone parts of the 
world.	Our staff	also	support	schemes	
that	give	something	back	to	our	local	
community,	for	example	food	banks	
and homeless	charities.	

Our	data	management	solutions	and	
business	applications	not	only	increase	
the effectiveness of our customer 
organisations,	but	also	increase	social	
responsiveness	and	a	number	of	these	
are	set	out	in	our	ESG	report.

The impact of the Group’s 
operations on the 
environment

1Spatial’s purpose is to make the world 
more	sustainable,	safer	and	smarter	for	
the	future.	While	many	of	our	solutions	
are aimed at helping our customers save 
money	and	be	more	efficient,	they	also	
ensure	that	data	is	correct	for	enabling	
our customers to address environmental 
issues	in	their	business.

We take our environmental consciousness 
and	apply	it	to	our	day-to-day	operations,	
adhering to the internationally recognised 
ISO	14001:2015	standard	in	the	UK.	By	
following	this	standard,	we	can	ensure	

that our operations are carried out 
in an efficient	and	environmentally	
considerate	manner,	and	our	
Environmental	Policy	represents	
our commitment	to	this promise.

Material decisions impacting 
stakeholders which took  
place in the year ended 
31 January 2021

The desirability of the  
Group maintaining a 
reputation for high standards 
of business conduct

1Spatial seeks to achieve and maintain 
a reputation	for	demonstrating	a	high	
standard	of	business	conduct	as	this	
has a positive	impact	on	interactions	
with utility	firms	and	governmental	
bodies	in particular.	In	several	
territories we comply	with	ISO	9001	
Quality	Management	certification	
to provide	the framework	and	guidance	
to ensure	that	we	consistently	meet	
our customers’	expectations	and	
regulatory	requirements.

The need to act fairly  
as between shareholders  
of the Group

We have an on-going dialogue with 
shareholders through roadshows to 
formally communicate the Group’s 
financial results on a yearly and half-
yearly	basis,	as	well	as	periodic	capital	
market	days.	The	Chairman	meets	
regularly with investors to hear their 
perspective of Group performance and 
the priorities they feel that the Group 
should	be	pursuing.	Investor	feedback	
is also	provided	by	the	Group’s	NOMAD	
following	investor	roadshows,	in	order	for	
the	Board	to	build	on	its	alignment	of	the	
Group’s	strategy	to	business	objectives	
and	communicate	these	in	a	clear	manner.

Our	Annual	General	Meeting	enables	
us to	gather	our	shareholders’	views	
while also	particularly	giving	our	
non-institutional shareholders the 
opportunity to hear directly from the 
Chairman	and	the	Board.	Shareholders	
can view and manage their holdings using 
an	online	share	portal	and	are	able	to	
access press releases and regulatory 
news	via	our	website.

Material	decisions	taken	during	the	year	
included the decision to amend the GI 
SPA	as	part	of	the	final	integration	step	
of the	acquisition.	The	SPA	amendment	
was	completed	in	March	2021	and	further	
information	is	in	note	28.	The	Board	
concluded that the European operations 
should	be	restructured	and	whilst	this	
involved	some	additional	one-off	costs,	
cost savings and operational streamlining 
would	be	achieved.

Other	key	decisions	related	to	financing	
opportunities at the start of the Covid 
pandemic and whether to accept 
government	support.	The	board	decided	
to	take	on	additional	bank	borrowings	
of £1.8m	on	a	pre-cautionary	basis.	No	
support	from	the	UK	government’s	Job	
Retention Scheme was sought as it was 
concluded	that	all	employees	would	be	
able	to	continue	working	remotely	and	
jobs	could	be	preserved.	The	Board	
decided to accept some overseas 
government	support	on	the	basis	of	
potential	challenges	within	those	regions,	
and	it	allowed	the	business	to	preserve	
jobs	that	might	otherwise	be	at	risk.

For the purpose of this statement 
detailed descriptions of the decisions 
taken are limited to those of strategic 
importance.	The	Board	made	these	
decisions	based	on	full	consideration	
of and	interactions	with	both	internal	
and external	stakeholders,	including	
employees,	customers	and	shareholders.

Signed	on	behalf	of	the	Board

Andrew Fabian
27 APRIL 2021

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
32

Board of Directors

Claire  
Milverton

Andrew  
Fabian

Andrew 

Roberts

Francis 

Small

Peter  

Massey

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER (CEO)

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER (CFO)

NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Making	the	world	more	
sustainable,	safer	and	
smarter for the future is 
a team	effort.	Our	Board	
of Directors	are	passionate	
about	making	a	difference	
and unlocking the value 
of location	data.

BOARD COMMITTEES

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

Audit Committee

  Appointed

October	2017

  Skills & Experience

Claire	is	passionate	about	leading	
and working	collaboratively;	making	
the best	of	her	team’s	skills	to	create	
a great	organisation	and	a	positive	
culture	–	extending	this	approach	
to all other	stakeholders	including	
customers	and partners.

Claire	believes	that	working	
collaboratively	with	clients	and	
partners is	a	key	way	to	accelerate	
growth	–	it’s	important	to	provide	
‘Best of Breed’	solutions	to	deliver	
against	customer	and market	needs.	

Good	data	governance	and	data	quality	
is at	the	heart	of	1Spatial	and	having	
worked	in	finance,	Claire	is	no	stranger	
to issues	in	relation	to	poor	quality	data.	
Claire recognises the importance of 
creating economic value from the data 
investment,	whether	that	is	to	address	
issues	such	as	sustainability	or	to	
improve customer	efficiencies.	

Claire	has	had	a	significant	number	
of years	in	the	technology	sector	from	
both	her	time	working	within	1Spatial	
(where	she	was	CFO	from	2010	to	2017	
prior	to	being	CEO)	and	through	her	
experience	at	PricewaterhouseCoopers	
where	she	was	an	AIM	market	and	
technology	specialist.	Claire	is	a	
qualified Chartered	Accountant.

June	2020

September	2016	

August	2017

July	2018

Andrew was previously Group Finance 
Director	of	StatPro	Group	plc,	a	leading	
provider	of	cloud-based	portfolio	analysis	
software	solutions,	until	its	recent	
successful	acquisition	by	Confluence	
Technologies,	Inc.	in	2019.	Through	his	
time	at	StatPro,	Andrew	experienced	
the transformation	from	an	on-premise	
offering	to	a	cloud	platform,	overseeing	
the	expansion	of	the	business	both	
organically	and	through	acquisition	in	the	
UK	and	internationally,	and	delivering	a	
significant	increase	in	shareholder	value.

Andrew joined the Board as Interim 
Chief Financial	Officer	in	June	2020	and	
transitioned	into	CFO	in	October	2020.	
Prior	to	joining	StatPro,	Andrew	held	
senior	financial	roles	at	William	Baird	plc,	
De	La	Rue	plc	and	Deloitte.	Andrew	is	
a Fellow	of	both	the	ICAEW	and	the	
Association	of	Corporate	Treasurers.	
In 2012,	Andrew	was	awarded	a	ranking	
in the	‘Hot	20	FDs’	in	the	TMT	sector	by	
BDO	LLP	and	was	a	winner	at	the	Finance	
Monthly	CFO	Awards	in	2017.

Andrew	brings	significant	experience	

Francis	brings	significant	experience	

to 1Spatial	from	both	a	technology	and	

from his	financial	services	background,	

equity	capital	markets	perspective.

having	been	at	Ernst	&	Young	from	

Peter	brings	significant	industry	

expertise and strategic insight to 

the Board	in	the	key	focus	areas	of	

1979 to	2015	where	he	held	key	positions,	

Government,	Utility	and	Transport	which	

Andrew led The Innovation Group plc 

including	as	London	and	then	UK	head	

he has developed through his long career 

from	2009	until	its	sale	to	Carlyle	Group	

of corporate	finance,	global	vice	chair	

in	2016	for	£500	million.	During	this	time,	

and then	managing	partner	of	UK	&	

the	company	grew	to	be	a	global	business	

Europe	transaction	advisory	services,	

driving	business	growth	within	these	

industries.	Peter	has	held	a	number	

of Senior	Executive	positions	during	

providing	business	services	and	software	

global	leader	of	sovereign	wealth	funds	

his career	including	the	following:

solutions.	He	has	also	been	Chairman	of	

and ultimately senior partner for 

Kewill	plc,	a	leading	international	supply	

international	clients.

chain	software	business,	Non-Executive	

Director	and	Chairman	of	Civica,	a	leading	

During	his	time	at	Ernst	&	Young,	

UK	IT	services	business	and	prior	to	this	

Francis had	responsibility	for	a	wide	

was	Non-Executive	Chairman	of	Vega	

range	of	teams	and	divisions,	overseeing	

Group	plc	until	its	sale	in	2008	to	

Finmeccanica	SPA	for	£61	million.

Andrew	started	his	career	at	ICL	and	

then led	the	management	team	that	

turned-around	private–equity	owned	

Data	Sciences	(then	a	leading	BPO	

business),	which	was	sold	to	IBM	in	1996.

finance	to	UK	SME	businesses,	and	

strategy development while delivering 

revenue	growth.	He	worked	closely	

with notable	businesses	including	3i,	

ArcelorMittal,	Rexam,	TPG	&	UBS.	

Francis is	Chairman	of	British	Business	

Investments,	a	government-backed	

investment company that helps provide 

he chairs	the	Board	of	Governors	at	

Kingston	University.	In	January	2021,	

he was	appointed	as	Senior	Independent	

Director	of	Quixant	plc.

Francis	graduated	from	Cambridge	

University	with	a	degree	in	law,	is	

a chartered	accountant	and	a	fellow	

of	 the	ICAEW.

•  Advisory	Board	Member,	Space	Time	

Insight	Inc.	(USA/UK)	

•  Director of Transformation at National 

Grid	plc.	(both	in	the	UK	and	USA)	

•  Director,	Distribution	Support	at	

National Grid plc 

•  Head of Network Sales at National 

•  Head of Network Services at 

Grid plc 

Transco plc	

Peter	is	the	Founder	and	Director	

of Upcurve	Limited,	which	provide	

management consultancy services 

in areas	of	asset	management,	IT	led	

transformational change and performance 

growth for organisations from start-ups to 

established	multi-national	organisations.	

Peter	is	a	Chartered	Engineer	and	graduated	

from	the	University	of	Salford	with	a	BSc	

(Hons)	in	Natural	Gas	Engineering.

Corporate Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
33

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

Claire  

Milverton

Andrew  

Fabian

Andrew 
Roberts

Francis 
Small

Peter  
Massey

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER (CEO)

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER (CFO)

NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

June	2020

September	2016	

August	2017

July	2018

Andrew	brings	significant	experience	
to 1Spatial	from	both	a	technology	and	
equity	capital	markets	perspective.

Andrew led The Innovation Group plc 
from	2009	until	its	sale	to	Carlyle	Group	
in	2016	for	£500	million.	During	this	time,	
the	company	grew	to	be	a	global	business	
providing	business	services	and	software	
solutions.	He	has	also	been	Chairman	of	
Kewill	plc,	a	leading	international	supply	
chain	software	business,	Non-Executive	
Director	and	Chairman	of	Civica,	a	leading	
UK	IT	services	business	and	prior	to	this	
was	Non-Executive	Chairman	of	Vega	
Group	plc	until	its	sale	in	2008	to	
Finmeccanica	SPA	for	£61	million.

Andrew	started	his	career	at	ICL	and	
then led	the	management	team	that	
turned-around	private–equity	owned	
Data	Sciences	(then	a	leading	BPO	
business),	which	was	sold	to	IBM	in	1996.

Francis	brings	significant	experience	
from his	financial	services	background,	
having	been	at	Ernst	&	Young	from	
1979 to	2015	where	he	held	key	positions,	
including	as	London	and	then	UK	head	
of corporate	finance,	global	vice	chair	
and then	managing	partner	of	UK	&	
Europe	transaction	advisory	services,	
global	leader	of	sovereign	wealth	funds	
and ultimately senior partner for 
international	clients.

During	his	time	at	Ernst	&	Young,	
Francis had	responsibility	for	a	wide	
range	of	teams	and	divisions,	overseeing	
strategy development while delivering 
revenue	growth.	He	worked	closely	
with notable	businesses	including	3i,	
ArcelorMittal,	Rexam,	TPG	&	UBS.	
Francis is	Chairman	of	British	Business	
Investments,	a	government-backed	
investment company that helps provide 
finance	to	UK	SME	businesses,	and	
he chairs	the	Board	of	Governors	at	
Kingston	University.	In	January	2021,	
he was	appointed	as	Senior	Independent	
Director	of	Quixant	plc.

Francis	graduated	from	Cambridge	
University	with	a	degree	in	law,	is	
a chartered	accountant	and	a	fellow	
of	 the	ICAEW.

Peter	brings	significant	industry	
expertise and strategic insight to 
the Board	in	the	key	focus	areas	of	
Government,	Utility	and	Transport	which	
he has developed through his long career 
driving	business	growth	within	these	
industries.	Peter	has	held	a	number	
of Senior	Executive	positions	during	
his career	including	the	following:

•  Advisory	Board	Member,	Space	Time	

Insight	Inc.	(USA/UK)	

•  Director of Transformation at National 
Grid	plc.	(both	in	the	UK	and	USA)	

•  Director,	Distribution	Support	at	

National Grid plc 

•  Head of Network Sales at National 

Grid plc 

•  Head of Network Services at 

Transco plc	

Peter	is	the	Founder	and	Director	
of Upcurve	Limited,	which	provide	
management consultancy services 
in areas	of	asset	management,	IT	led	
transformational change and performance 
growth for organisations from start-ups to 
established	multi-national	organisations.	
Peter	is	a	Chartered	Engineer	and	graduated	
from	the	University	of	Salford	with	a	BSc	
(Hons)	in	Natural	Gas	Engineering.

  Appointed

October	2017

  Skills & Experience

Claire	is	passionate	about	leading	

and working	collaboratively;	making	

the best	of	her	team’s	skills	to	create	

a great	organisation	and	a	positive	

culture	–	extending	this	approach	

to all other	stakeholders	including	

customers	and partners.

Claire	believes	that	working	

collaboratively	with	clients	and	

partners is	a	key	way	to	accelerate	

growth	–	it’s	important	to	provide	

‘Best of Breed’	solutions	to	deliver	

against	customer	and market	needs.	

Andrew was previously Group Finance 

Director	of	StatPro	Group	plc,	a	leading	

provider	of	cloud-based	portfolio	analysis	

software	solutions,	until	its	recent	

successful	acquisition	by	Confluence	

Technologies,	Inc.	in	2019.	Through	his	

time	at	StatPro,	Andrew	experienced	

the transformation	from	an	on-premise	

offering	to	a	cloud	platform,	overseeing	

the	expansion	of	the	business	both	

organically	and	through	acquisition	in	the	

UK	and	internationally,	and	delivering	a	

significant	increase	in	shareholder	value.

Andrew joined the Board as Interim 

Good	data	governance	and	data	quality	

Chief Financial	Officer	in	June	2020	and	

is at	the	heart	of	1Spatial	and	having	

transitioned	into	CFO	in	October	2020.	

worked	in	finance,	Claire	is	no	stranger	

Prior	to	joining	StatPro,	Andrew	held	

to issues	in	relation	to	poor	quality	data.	

senior	financial	roles	at	William	Baird	plc,	

Claire recognises the importance of 

creating economic value from the data 

investment,	whether	that	is	to	address	

issues	such	as	sustainability	or	to	

improve customer	efficiencies.	

De	La	Rue	plc	and	Deloitte.	Andrew	is	

a Fellow	of	both	the	ICAEW	and	the	

Association	of	Corporate	Treasurers.	

In 2012,	Andrew	was	awarded	a	ranking	

in the	‘Hot	20	FDs’	in	the	TMT	sector	by	

BDO	LLP	and	was	a	winner	at	the	Finance	

Claire	has	had	a	significant	number	

Monthly	CFO	Awards	in	2017.

of years	in	the	technology	sector	from	

both	her	time	working	within	1Spatial	

(where	she	was	CFO	from	2010	to	2017	

prior	to	being	CEO)	and	through	her	

experience	at	PricewaterhouseCoopers	

where	she	was	an	AIM	market	and	

technology	specialist.	Claire	is	a	

qualified Chartered	Accountant.

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
34

Corporate Governance Report

An Introduction from the 
Chairman

In	the	year	ended	31	January	2021	
we continued to adhere to a high 
standard	of	ethics,	values	and	
corporate	social	responsibility.	
These principles continue to 
underpin our governance 
procedures and the strategic and 
management	decisions	we	make.	
We	have	updated	a	number	of	core	
Group	governance	policies.	We	
continue to assess and develop 
internal processes to ensure 
we maintain	the	robustness	of	
decision-making	and	balance	the	
considerations for the Group’s 
stakeholders in the long term with 
short-term decisions to address 
Covid-19.	More	details	of	what	we,	
as	a	Board,	have	been	focussing	
on throughout	this	financial	year	
is set	out	in	our	Section	172	
Statement	(s172	Statement).

We will continue to ensure the Board 
and its	committees	function	effectively,	
and that all Directors provide strong 
and valuable	contributions	and	that	no	
individual or group dominates the Board’s 
decision-making	process.	The	Board	has	
delegated	specific	responsibilities	to	the	
Audit,	Remuneration	and	Nomination	
Committees,	details	of	which	are	set	
out in	this	report.

As a Board we also set clear expectations 
concerning	the	Group’s	culture,	values	and	
behaviours.	We	believe	in	order	for	us	to	
execute on our customer centric solutions 
approach it is vital that the Board and all 
our	employees	act	in	a	way	that	reflects	
the	underlying	values	of	the	business.	
Our brand	values	of	Approachable,	Smart,	
Innovative and Agile are something we 
expect everyone throughout the Group 
to adhere	to.	Our	s172	Statement	gives	
more details of how we continue to ensure 
the	wellbeing	and	best	interests	of	all	our	
employees	around	the	Group.

In	the	year	ended	31	January	2019	the	
Board adopted the high standards of 
corporate governance contained in the 
Corporate Governance Code for Small 
and	Mid-Size	Quoted	Companies	(QCA	
Code).	Details	of	how	we	comply	with	the	
QCA	Code	are	set	out	in	our	Statement	
of Compliance,	which	is	updated	annually,	
a copy	of	which	can	be	found	on	our	
website	www.1spatial.com.

The Board

Composition

The composition of the Board is shown 
on page	32	&	33.	The	current	Directors	
possess	a	range	of	skill	sets,	capabilities	
and experience gained from diverse 
backgrounds,	thereby	enhancing	the	
Board	by	bringing	a	wide	spectrum	of	
knowledge	and	expertise.

The Role and Operations 
of the Board

The role of the Board is to ensure delivery 
of	the	business	strategy	and	long-term	
shareholder	value.	The	general	
obligations	of	the	Board	and	the	roles	
and responsibilities	of	the	Chairman	
and the	Chief	Executive	Officer	are	set	
out	in	a	formal	Board	responsibilities	
statement	approved	by	the	Board.	The	
Board	fulfils	its	role	by	approving	the	
annual strategic plan and monitoring 
business	performance	throughout	the	
year.	The	Board	held	11	formal	scheduled	
Board	meetings	during	the	financial	year	
and	in	addition	held	a	number	of	
unscheduled	ad-hoc	meetings	specifically	
to address the Covid-19 restrictions with 
the	senior	team,	to	ensure	the	continued	
well-being	of	all	employees	and	review	
and	assess	financial	budgets	and	
short-term	strategy	solutions.	Most	board	
meetings	in	the	financial	year	were	held	
remotely	due	to	Covid	restrictions.	There	
is in place a schedule of matters reserved 
for	Board	approval	that	can	be	found	on	
the	Company’s	website	(www.1spatial.com).

The Board have approved an annual Board 
calendar	setting	out	the	dates,	location	
(subject	to	any	remote	working	restrictions)	
and standing agenda items for each formal 

scheduled Board and Committee meeting 
and	scheduled	Board	calls.	Board	papers	
are circulated to Directors in advance 
of scheduled	and	unscheduled	meetings,	
which	are	of	an	appropriate	quality	
to enable	the	Directors	to	fulfil	their	
obligations	and	adequately	monitor	the	
performance	of	the	business.	Directors	
who are	unable	to	attend	a	meeting	are	
expected to provide their comments to 
the Chairman,	the	Chief	Executive	Officer,	
or	the	Company	Secretary,	as	appropriate.	
The Board also receives management 
information	on	a	regular	basis	that	sets	
out the	performance	of	the	business.	
The Chief	Executive	Officer	and	Chief	
Financial	Officer	are	invited	to	attend	
the Audit	and	Remuneration	Committee	
meetings,	if	appropriate.

During	the	year,	the	topics	subject	to	
Board discussion at formal scheduled 
Board	meetings	included:	

	➤ Covid-19 related issues;
	➤ Strategic plan and annual forecast 

and budget;

	➤ Health and safety matters;
	➤ Investor relations;
	➤ Financial and operational 

performance;
	➤ Project	updates;
	➤ Market	and	competitor	reports;
	➤ Acquisitions	and	Group	structure	

changes;

	➤ Financing activities and facility 

agreements;

	➤ Approval of annual and half year 

reports;

	➤ Governance	updates	and	the	EU	

Market	Abuse	Regime;

	➤ Industry regulatory and compliance 

developments;

	➤ Risk and internal controls;
	➤ General	Data	Protection	Regulation	

(GDPR);	and

	➤ Related	party	transactions.

Corporate GovernanceAttendance	at	scheduled	Board	Meetings	
during	the	year	is	shown	below:

Board Development

Board Committees

Formal Scheduled Board 
Meetings	during	the	year	
ended	31	January	2021

Maximum	
Possible
Attendance

Meetings	
Attended

11
11
4
7
11
11

11
11
4
7
11
11

Director

A	Roberts	 
(Chairman)
C	Milverton
N	Payne*
A	Fabian*
F Small
P	Massey

*	 N	Payne	resigned	as	CFO	on	16	June	2020	and	

A Fabian	was	appointed	Interim	CFO	on	the	same	date.	
A	Fabian	was	appointed	CFO	on	13	October	2020.

Advice, insurance and 
indemnities

All Directors have access to the 
services of	the	Company	Secretary	
and may	take	independent	professional	
advice at the Company’s expense in 
conducting	their	duties.	The	Company	
provides	indemnity	insurance	cover	for its	
Directors	and	officers,	which	is	reviewed	
and	renewed	annually.

Conflicts

Consideration of Directors’ interests is 
a standing	agenda	item	at	each	formal	
scheduled	Board	meeting.	Each	Director	
is	required	to	disclose	any	actual	or	
potential	conflicts	of	interest	and	a	
register of Directors’ interests is 
maintained	by	the	Company	Secretary.	
If there	is	a	conflict	of	interest	or	a	matter	
relating to a particular Director or a 
related	party	transaction,	then	the	Board	
understands that the relevant Director 
shall excuse themselves from the 
discussion.	Each	year	updated	schedules	
of interests for all Directors are circulated 
to the Board for information and formal 
approval,	where	appropriate.

Board Evaluation

A formal evaluation of the performance 
and effectiveness of the Board and its 
Committees was conducted in the year 
ended	31	January	2021.	The	scope	of	the	
evaluation was discussed and agreed with 
the	Chairman,	a	Non-Executive	Director	
and	the	Company	Secretary.	The	
evaluation	was	implemented	by	means	of	a	
questionnaire.	The	final	evaluation	report	
highlighted	a	number	of	positive	messages	
regarding	issues	such	as	–	the	role	of	the	
chair,	the	board	structure	and	roles,	
decision making and external and internal 
communications.	The	topics	that	required	
additional focus at future Board meetings 
included	the	delivery	of	board	papers,	
on-going	board	training	and	succession,	
the content and timeliness of management 
information	and	reporting	and	better	
communication	channels	between	the	
Board	and	senior	management.

All new Directors appointed to the Board 
receive	a	comprehensive	induction.	In	the	
year	ended	31	January	2021	the	Board,	
with	the	Company	Secretary,	updated	the	
structured training and development 
programme	including	strategic	issues,	
legal	issues	and	environmental,	social	and	
governance	(ESG)	issues.	The	Company’s	
Nomad is invited to attend a Board 
meeting each year to update the Board 
on their general and statutory duties and 
current	best	practice	governance	issues	
and senior technical experts will present 
to	the	Board	in	calendar	year	2021	on	
topics	such	as	ESG,	as	well	as	regulatory	
and	industry	related	issues.

Succession Planning

Succession	continues	to	be	a	key	priority	
for	the	Board.	The	current	Directors	
possess	a	range	of	skill	sets,	capabilities	
and experience gained from diverse 
backgrounds,	thereby	enhancing	the	
Board	by	bringing	a	wide	spectrum	of	
knowledge	and	expertise.	In	2020	the	
Board approved a succession policy and 
discussions are on-going regarding short 
and	long-term	succession	for	both	
Directors	and	the	Senior	Management	
team.	You	can	find	more	about	the	
experience and expertise of the other 
current	members	of	the	Board	on	the	
Company’s	website	(www.1spatial.com).

Reappointment of Directors at 
the Annual General Meeting

The Articles of Association provides that 
a	third	of	Directors	retire	annually	by	
rotation	and,	if	eligible,	offer	themselves	
for	re-election.	However,	in	accordance	
with	good	governance	principles,	at	each	
AGM	all	the	Directors	retire	and,	subject	
to	being	eligible,	offer	themselves	for	
re-election.	

Relations with investors

The Company produces this Annual 
Report	that	is	available	on	the	Investor	
Relations section of the Company’s 
website	and	distributed	to	those	
shareholders	who	have	requested	to	
receive	hard	copies.	The	Company’s	
website	(www.1spatial.com)	contains	
information	on	the	Group,	matters	
reserved	for	the	Board,	the	Company’s	
articles	of	association,	the	Committee	
terms	of	references,	copies	of	all	
documents sent to shareholders and all 
market	and	regulatory	announcements.

The	Board	ensures	that	financial	
reporting and operational updates are 
communicated to the market on a timely 
basis	and	give	an	accurate	and	balanced	
assessment	of	the	business.	The	
Company’s share dealing policy sets out 
how	the	Directors	meet	their	obligations	
under	the	AIM	rules	in	this	regard	and	
how the advisers are involved in the 
market communications process 
coordinated	by	the	Company	Secretary.

The terms of reference of the Board’s 
committees	as	summarised	below	are	all	
available	in	full	on	the	Investor	Relations	
section	of	the	Company’s	website	at	
www.1spatial.com.

Nomination Committee

Membership
A	Roberts	(Chair)
F	Small	(Member)

In	the	year	ended	31	January	2021,	
all senior	management	appointments,	
as well	as	succession	plans	for	the	Board	
and	senior	management,	were	dealt	with	
by	the	entire	Board.	The	recruitment	
process	involved	both	the	Non-Executive	
and Executive Directors to ensure that 
any appointments made strengthened 
and	diversified	the	composition	and	
skill set	of	the	existing	Board.	Instead	
of holding	a	Nomination	Committee	
meeting,	the	Board	meetings	throughout	
the	year	included	discussions	about	
senior	management,	recruitment	and	
succession planning in line with the 
Group strategy.

The	key	responsibilities	of	the	Nomination	
Committee	are:

i.	 Recommending	Director	nominees	

to the	Board;

ii.	 Recommending	Committee	chairs	
and membership	to	the	Board	and	
Committees;

iii.	 When	appropriate,	taking	into	account	
the current stage of the Company’s 
development,	reviewing	succession	
plans for the Board and Committees;

iv.	 Making	recommendations	to	the	

Board in respect of the re-
appointment of any Non-Executive 
Director at the conclusion of their 
specified	term	of	office	taking	into	
account their performance and their 
contribution	together	with	the	
knowledge,	skills,	leadership	and	
experience	requirements	of	the	Board	
and Committees; 

v.	 Regularly	reviewing	the	structure,	size	
and	composition	(including	the	balance	
of	skills,	diversity,	knowledge	and	
experience)	required	for	the	Board	
and making recommendations to the 
Board	with	regard	to	any	changes.

Remuneration Committee

Full	information	on	the	composition,	role,	
operation and meeting attendance of the 
Remuneration Committee is set out in the 
Remuneration	Report	on	page	38.

35

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
36

Audit Committee Report

 “ The Board, upon 

recommendation of  
the Audit Committee, 
appointed BDO LLP  
(“BDO”) as external 
auditors for the Group for 
the financial year ending 
31 January 2021.”

Francis 
Small

CHAIRMAN OF THE  
AUDIT COMMITTEE

Audit Committee

Membership
F	Small	(Chair)
A	Roberts	(Member)
P	Massey	(Member)

Following a competitive 
audit tender	process	carried	
out in October	2020,	the	
Group’s external	auditors,	
Pricewaterhouse	Coopers	
LLP resigned	on	16	November	
2020	and	the	Board,	upon	
recommendation of the Audit 
Committee,	appointed	BDO	
LLP (“BDO”)	as	external	auditors	
for the	Group	for	the	financial	
year ending	31	January	2021.

The Committee has a calendar of 
activities	agreed	each	year.	Senior	
management and the external auditors 
(“BDO”)	may	attend	meetings	at	the	
request	of	the	Committee.	Attendance	
at scheduled	Committee	Meetings	
during the	year	is	shown	below.	Additional	
ad-hoc	meetings	by	conference	call	were	
also	held	during	the	year.

Maximum	
Possible
Attendance

Meetings	
Attended

3
3
3

3
3
3

Director

F	Small	(Chair)
A	Roberts
P	Massey

Corporate Governance37

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

The	key	responsibilities	of	the	Audit	
Committee	are:

i.	 Monitoring	the	integrity	of	financial	
statements,	including	approving	any	
material	changes	in	accounting	policy,	
reviewing	the	financial	statements,	and	
any market announcements relating 
to the	Group’s	financial	performance;

ii.	 Reviewing	the	integrity	of	internal	

financial	control	and	risk	management	
systems and codes of corporate 
conduct	and	ethics	and	any	published	
statements regarding these systems 
and codes;

iii.	 Making	recommendations	to	the	

Board regarding the engagement of 
the	external	auditors,	approving	their	
terms	of	engagement,	monitoring	
their	objectivity	and	performance	and	
setting policy regarding the provision 
of	non-audit	services	by	the	external	
auditors;

iv.	 Reviewing	the	plan,	scope	and	results	

of	the	annual	audit,	the	external	
auditors’ letter of comments and 
management’s response thereto; and

v.	 Receiving	reports	from	the	CFO	relating	

to risk control and management’s 
response	to	the	findings.

During	the	year,	the	topics	discussed	
at formal	scheduled	Committee	
meetings included:

	➤ Conduct a formal tender process 
in relation	to	the	external	auditors	
for the	Group;

	➤ Review	of	the	risk	register,	assessing	
how	each	risk	identified	is	being	
monitored and ensuring the process 
of how	these	risks	are	being	actively	
managed is in place;

	➤ Receipt and consideration of reports 
from the external auditors regarding 
the	scope	and	findings	of	their	audit	
of the	annual	report;

	➤ Recommendation of the annual 

report and	half-year	report	to	the	
Board	for	approval,	together	with	the	
management representation letter 
and audit fees;

	➤ Review of audit and non-audit related 
fees paid to the external auditors and 
monitoring the independence of the 
external auditors; 

	➤ Review and consideration of 

accounting treatment policy changes 
in	line	with	industry	practice,	as	
recommended	by	external	auditors;	
and

	➤ Review and update of the terms of 
reference	of	the	Audit	Committee.

To	ensure	the	objectivity	and	
independence	of	the	external	auditors,	
any	service	provided	by	the	external	
auditors	must	be	approved	in	accordance	
with the Group’s policy on auditor 
independence and the provision of 
non-audit	services,	which	is	consistent	
with	the	UK	Auditing	Practices	Board’s	
Ethical	Standards	for	Auditors.

The external auditor is only selected to 
provide non-audit services if they are well 
placed	to	provide	the	required	service	
at a	competitive	cost	and	the	Committee	
is	satisfied	that	the	assignment	will	not	
impair	their	objectivity.	In	accordance	
with	relevant	professional	standards,	the	
external	auditors	have	confirmed	their	
independence as auditors in a letter 
to the	Directors.	Details	of	fees	paid	
to the	external	auditors	for	both	audit	
and non-audit	services	are	given	in	the	
note	6(a)	to	the	financial	statements.	
The non-audit	services	in	the	year	related	
to work	performed	in	relation	to	payroll,	
tax compliance and company secretarial 
services	to	1Spatial	Australia	Pty	Limited.

Internal Control

The	Board	is	responsible	for	ensuring	the	
Group has effective and sound systems 
of internal	controls,	which	are	designed	
to manage,	but	not	eliminate,	the	risk	of	
failure	to	achieve	business	objectives	
and provide	reasonable,	but	not	absolute,	
assurance against material misstatements 
and	loss.	The	day-to-day	management	
and monitoring of the Group’s systems 
of internal	control	is	delegated	to	the	
Chief	Financial	Officer.

The	Chief	Financial	Officer	ensures	that	
the Group’s risk management framework 
and	control	culture	are	embedded	within	
the	business,	the	executive	Directors	
provide	assurance	to	the	Board,	through	
the	Audit	Committee,	that	risks	are	
monitored,	appropriately	escalated	
and managed	within	the	risk	appetite	
of the	Board.

The systems of internal control are 
designed	to	cover	all	business,	financial,	
reputational and legal risks of the Group 
and	are	embedded	within	the	operations	
of	the	Group.	

The	financial	reporting	controls	in	place	
are designed to maintain proper accounting 
records	and	provide	reasonable	
assurance concerning the accuracy and 
integrity	of	financial	information	reported	
both	internally	and	externally.

In	accordance	with	the	QCA	Code	and	
best	practice	guidance	for	Directors	on	
internal	controls	issued	by	the	Financial	
Reporting	Council,	the	Board,	with	the	
advice	of	the	Audit	Committee,	has	
reviewed the effectiveness of the 
systems of internal control for the year 
to 31	January	2021.	As	part	of	this	review,	
the Board received assurances from the 
Chief	Executive	Officer	and	the	Chief	
Financial	Officer	of	1Spatial	plc	that	the	
Directors’	Responsibilities	Statement	on	
page	44	is	founded	on	a	sound	system	
of risk	management	and	internal	controls	
and that the systems of internal controls 
are operating effectively in all material 
respects	in	relation	to	reporting	financial	
risks and the mitigation of material 
business	risks.

Going Concern

As disclosed in the going concern section 
of	note	2	of	the	consolidated	financial	
statements,	Summary	of	significant	
accounting	policies,	a	working	capital	
model	(“Covid-19	budget”)	was	prepared,	
focussing	on	the	impacts	of Covid-19	and	
the actions the Board can take to mitigate 
those	impacts.	Sensitivity	analysis	was	
performed	on	the Covid-19	budget	model,	
requiring	a	decline	in	the	Group’s	
revenues	of	more	than	20%	(with	no	
changes	to	spending)	before	the	Group	
runs out of resources given the net funds 
in	place.	Such	an	extreme	downside	
scenario is not a realistic outcome given 
the	Group’s	revenues	to	date,	recurring	
revenue	and	backlog	revenue.	Taking	
into account	the	cash	flow	projections	
approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors,	the	
Directors	have	formed	a	judgement	that,	
at	the	time	of approving	these	financial	
statements,	there	is	a	reasonable	
expectation	that	the	Group	has	adequate	
resources and likely income to continue in 
operational	existence	for	the	foreseeable	
future.	Thus,	they	continue	to	adopt	the	
going	concern	basis	of	accounting	in	
preparing	the	annual	financial	statements.

Francis Small
CHAIRMAN OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
27	April	2021

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
38

Remuneration Report

 “ The Group has prepared this 
Remuneration Report on a 
voluntary basis in order to 
promote transparency and 
good governance within  
the Group.”

Peter 
Massey

CHAIRMAN OF THE  
REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE

The Remuneration Committee

Membership
P	Massey	(Chair)
A	Roberts	(Member)
F	Small	(Member)*

*	 With	effect	from	9	April	2020,	F	Small	stepped	
down as Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
and	P	Massey	was	appointed	in	his	place.

Whilst a formal Director’s 
Remuneration Report is not 
required	by	the	CA2006,	
the Group	has	prepared	this	
Remuneration Report on a 
voluntarily	basis	in	order	to	
promote transparency and good 
governance	within	the	Group.	
Therefore,	some	elements	of	a	
listed company’s Remuneration 
Report	requirements	may	not	be	
included,	the	Board’s	approach	 
is	to	emulate	best	practice	in	
reporting	Director’s	remuneration.

On	behalf	of	the	Board,	I	am	pleased	
to present	the	Directors’	Remuneration	
Report,	setting	out	the	remuneration	
policy and the remuneration paid to the 
Directors	for	the	year	to	31	January	2021.	

Senior management attend meetings at 
the	request	of	the	Committee	and	recuse	
themselves from discussions and decisions 
taken	by	the	Remuneration	Committee	
in respect	of	their	own	remuneration.

Attendance at scheduled Committee 
Meetings	during	the	year	is	shown	below.	
Additional	ad-hoc	meetings	by	conference	
call	were	also	held	during	the	year.

Maximum	
Possible
Attendance

Meetings	
Attended

2
2
2

2
2
2

Director

P	Massey	(Chair)
A	Roberts
F Small

Corporate GovernanceThe Remuneration Committee 
determines and agrees with the Board 
the broad	policy	for	the	remuneration	
of the	Group’s	employees,	as	well	as	
reviewing the ongoing appropriateness 
and relevance of the Group’s remuneration 
policy,	ensuring	that	it	is	structured	in	a	
way	that	aligns	reward	with	performance,	
shareholder interests and the long-term 
interests	of	the	business.

The	key	responsibilities	of	the	
Committee are:

i.	 Determining	the	total	individual	

remuneration	packages,	including	
pension	arrangements,	of	the	Executive	
Directors and senior management;

ii.	 Reviewing	and	approving	share	

incentive plans and non-material 
changes to them;

iii.	 Approving	and	determining	targets	
including the annual discretionary 
bonus	scheme;	and

iv.	 Reviewing	and	approving	the	scope	
of any	termination	payments	and	

severance terms for Executive 
Directors,	ensuring	that	contractual	
terms on termination and any 
payments made are fair to the 
individual	and	the	Company,	that	
failure is not rewarded and that the 
duty	to	mitigate	loss	is	fully	recognised.

The full terms of reference of 
the Remuneration	Committee	are	
available on	the	Company’s	website	
(www.1spatial.com)	and	on	request	
from the	Company	Secretary.

The Committee has access to the advice 
and views of the Chairman and the Chief 
Executive as well as the use of external 
consultants,	if	required.	No	external	
consultants	were	engaged	by	the	
Committee	during	the	year.

Remuneration Policy

The Board considers that appropriate 
remuneration policies are a key driver 
of performance	and	a	central	element	
of corporate	strategy.	

The	Group	remuneration	policy	aims	to:

	➤ provide market competitive total 

compensation;

	➤ motivate,	retain	and	promote	
individual and corporate 
outperformance;

	➤ differentiate on merit and 

performance;

	➤ emphasise	variable	performance-

driven remuneration;

	➤ ensure adherence to the Group’s Code 

of Conduct;

	➤ align senior management with 
shareholders’ interests; and 
	➤ deliver	clarity,	transparency	and	

fairness	of	process.

The Group remuneration policy has a 
strong	focus	on	variable	compensation	
as the	Board	believes	that	the	interests	
of the	business,	shareholders	and	
employees	are	best	served	by	containing	
fixed	remuneration	costs	and	maximising	
the proportion of total remuneration that 
is	directly	performance	related.

Element

Basic Salary

Other	Benefits

Structure

Purpose

Performance Measure

Fixed

Fixed

Base salary for the role

Benefits	in	kind

N/A

N/A

Annual Bonus

Variable

Share	Option	Plans

Variable

Executives and senior management  
bonuses	are	determined	by	the	 
Remuneration	Committee	based	
on the performance	of	the	business

Share awards aim to align total  
remuneration with the growth of the  
business	and	shareholder	value

Business performance

Service conditions on share option 
awards	and	business	performance	and	
share price performance conditions on 
long-term incentive plan awards

Basic Salary

Salaries	are	reviewed	annually	for	the	Chief	Executive	Officer	and	the	Chief	Financial	Officer.

Benefits and Benefits in Kind

The	Directors,	both	Executive	and	Non-Executive,	also	benefit	from	indemnity	arrangements	in	respect	of	their	services	as	Directors,	
and	from	Directors’	and	Officers’	indemnity	insurance.

Annual Bonus

The	Committee	has	the	discretion	and	flexibility	to	take	into	account	factors	other	than	business	performance	in	determining	any	
bonus.	Each	element	of	the	Executive	Directors’	reward	package	supports	the	achievement	of	key	business	measures	and	rewards	
outperformance.

39

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
40

Remuneration Report (continued)

Share Option Plans

The	Group	established	a	new	1Spatial	employee	share	plan	(the	“Plan”)	in	2018	to	incentivise	management	and	employees	to	deliver	
long-term	value	creation	and	align	their	interests	with	those	of	the	Company’s	shareholders.	For	further	detail,	refer	to	note	22	of	the	
Annual	Report.

The	awards	under	the	Plan	granted	to	the	directors	of	the	Company	in	the	prior	year	are	shown	in	the	table	below.	During	the	financial	
year	to	31	January	2021,	share	option	awards	were	made	to	the	executive	directors	and	other	key	management	and	employees.	

In	addition,	The	Remuneration	Committee	exercised	its	discretion	to	amend	the	performance	targets	applying	to	the	2018	LTIP	Awards.
The	Remuneration	Committee	considered	it	appropriate	to	revisit	the	share	price	hurdles	and	timings,	given	the	economic	backdrop	and	
the	impact	of	Covid-19	on	share	prices	(both	immediately	and	over	the	medium	term).	The	Remuneration	Committee	considers	that	the	
revised	targets	constitute	a	fairer	measure	of	performance	and	ensure	that	the	2018	LTIP	Awards	provide	a	more	effective	incentive	to	
the	employees.	The	Remuneration	Committee	also	considers	that	the	revised	targets	better	reflect	the	level	of	stretch	performance	that	
the	Remuneration	Committee	had	anticipated	when	the	targets	were	originally	set.

In	the	financial	year	to	31	January	2020,	there	were	no	share	option	awards.	Details	of	awards	to	the	Chief	Executive	Officer	and	the	
Chief	Financial	Officer	in	the	financial	year	to	31	January	2021	are	provided	in	the	table	below.

Directors’ Service Contracts

The	Chief	Executive	Officer	and	the	Chief	Financial	Officer	have	a	service	agreement	with	the	Company,	which	is	terminable	by	either	party	
on	not	less	than	12	months’	and	six	months’	notice	respectively.	There	are	no	provisions	for	remuneration	payable	on	early	termination.

Non-Executive Directors

The	remuneration	of	the	Non-Executive	Directors	is	determined	by	the	Board,	with	the	Non-Executives	removing	themselves	from	
discussions	concerning	their	remuneration.	The	Non-Executive	Directors	serve	the	Company	under	formal	letters	of	appointment	 
that	are	terminable	on	six	month’s	written	notice	which	sets	out	their	role,	obligations	as	a	director	and	the	expected	time	
commitment	required.

Directors’ Interests in Share Awards (Audited)

As	at	31	January	2021,	the	Directors	held	the	following	share	options	(refer	to	note	6(c)	of	the	consolidated	financial	statements	for	
more	detail):

1	February	
2020

Granted

Lapsed

31 January 
2021

EMI	share	
option

Executive 
unapproved 
share 
option

Exercise 
price 

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number	

 pence

C	Milverton
C	Milverton
C	Milverton
A	Fabian	(appointed	16	June	2020)
A	Fabian	(appointed	16	June	2020)
N	Payne	(resigned	16	June	2020)
N	Payne	(resigned	16	June	2020)

659,368
769,793
–
–
–
118,548
107,967

650,000
– 
25,000
330,000
25,000
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
(118,548)
(107,967)

1,309,368
769,793
25,000
330,000
25,000
–
–

537,632
–
–
–
–
–
–

771,736
769,793
25,000
330,000
25,000
–
–

0p
46.5p
26.5p
0p
26.5p
0p
46.5p

1,655,676

1,030,000

(226,515)

2,459,161

537,632

1,921,529

Corporate Governance	
 
Directors’ Emoluments and Compensation (Audited)

Details	of	individual	Executive	Directors’	remuneration	for	those	Directors	that	served	during	the	current	year	are	as	follows	(full	
disclosures	are	presented	in	note	6(c)	of	the	consolidated	financial	statements):

C	Milverton
A	Fabian	(appointed	16	June	2020)
N	Payne	(resigned	16	June	2020)

Emoluments
£’000

Pension	
contributions
£’000

253
119
102

474

22
–
3

25

Total
2021
£’000

275
119
105

499

Emoluments
£’000

Pension	
contributions
£’000

222
–
98

320

21
–
7

28

Total
2020
£’000

243
–
105

348

Discretionary	bonuses	of	£30k	for	C	Milverton	and	£12k	for	A	Fabian	are	included	in	directors’	emoluments	above	for	the	year	ended	
31	January	2021	(2020:	Nil).

Details	of	individual	Non-Executive	Directors’	fees	for	those	Directors	that	served	during	the	current	year	are	as	follows:

A	Roberts
F Small
P	Massey

Directors’ Share Interests (Audited)

The	beneficial	interests	of	the	Directors	in	shares	of	the	Company	as	at	31	January	2021	are	shown	below:

A	Roberts
C	Milverton
A	Fabian
F Small
P	Massey

Approved	and	signed	on	behalf	of	the	Board

Peter Massey
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE CHAIR
27	April	2021

2021
£’000

79
41
41

161

2020
£’000

91
41
41

173

Ordinary	
Shares

586,190
506,301
200,000
13,294
91,301

41

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
42

Directors’ Report

The Directors present their 
annual report	on	the	affairs	of	
the Company	and	the	Group,	
together with the audited 
consolidated	financial	statements	
and the independent auditors’ 
report for the year ended 
31	January	2021	in accordance	
with international accounting 
standards in conformity with the 
requirements	of	the	Companies	
Act	2006.	The information	in	the	
Chairman’s	report,	the	Corporate	
Governance report and the 
Directors’	Responsibilities	
Statement form part of the 
Directors’	report.

The Directors’ report contains certain 
forward-looking statements and 
forecasts	with	respect	to	the	financial	
condition,	results,	operations	and	
business	of	1Spatial	plc	that	may	involve	
risk	and	uncertainty	because	they	relate	
to events and depend on circumstances 
that	will	occur	in	the	future.	There	are	
a number	of	factors	that	could	cause	
actual results or developments to differ 
materially from those expressed or 
implied	by	these	forward-looking	
statements	and	forecasts.	Nothing	
in this Annual	Report	to	shareholders	
should	be	construed	as	a	profit	forecast.

Principal activities

The principal activity of the Group 
is the development	and	distribution	
of innovative	software	solutions	
along with	associated	consultancy	
and support	related	to	Location	Master	
Data	Management	(“LMDM”).	The	
principal activity of the Company is that 
of a parent holding company which 
manages the Group’s strategic direction 
and	underlying	subsidiaries.

1Spatial plc is a company incorporated 
in the	United	Kingdom.	The	registered	
office	of	the	Company	is	Tennyson	House,	
Cambridge	Business	Park,	Cowley	Road,	
Cambridge,	Cambridgeshire,	England,	
CB4	0WZ.

Details	of	the	business	activities	during	
the	year	can	be	found	in	the	strategic	
report	on	pages	6	to	31.	The	Company	
is a low	energy	user	and	is	not	currently	
required	to	report	energy	usage	under	
the	Streamlined	Energy	&	Carbon	
Reporting	(“SECR”)	requirements	but	
may consider	doing	so	going	forward	
on a voluntary	basis.

Results and dividends

Interest Rate Risk

The results for the Group for the year 
and the	Group	and	Company’s	financial	
position at the end of the year are shown 
in	the	attached	financial	statements.

The Directors do not recommend the 
payment	of	a	dividend	(FY	2020:	£nil).

Business review and future 
developments

The	requirements	of	the	business	
review have	been	considered	within	the	
Chairman’s	report	on	pages	6	to	7	and	
the strategic	report	on	pages	6	to	31.

Principal risks and 
uncertainties

For further details on principal risks and 
uncertainties,	refer	to	pages	28	to	29.

Financial instruments

Financial Risk Management 
Objectives and Policies

During the year the Group’s principal 
financial	instruments	were	bank	loans,	
trade	receivables	and	cash.	The	main	
purpose	of	these	financial	instruments	
is to	provide	finance	for	the	Group’s	
operations.	The	Group	has	various	other	
financial	instruments	such	as	trade	
receivables	and	trade	payables	which	
arise	directly	from	its	operations.

The main risks arising from the Group’s 
financial	instruments	have	been	liquidity	
risk,	interest	rate	risk,	credit	risk,	and	
capital	risk.	The	Board	reviews	and	agrees	
policies for managing each of these 
risks	and	they	are	summarised	below.

Liquidity Risk

The	Group’s	finance	department’s	
primary	objective	is	to	ensure	the	Group	
maintains	sufficient	funds	to	support	the	
ongoing strategic and trading activities 
of the	Group.	Detailed	forecasting	is	
carried out at local level in the operating 
companies of the Group and this is 
combined	into	a	group	cash	flow	forecast.	
The Group forecasts are reviewed closely 
to	ensure	that	sufficient	headroom	in	
available	secured	funding	is	in	place.

The Group’s income and operating cash 
flows	are	substantially	independent	of	
changes	in	market	interest	rates.	Bank	
loan	interest	is	charged	on	a	fixed	rate	
basis.	Given	the	magnitude	of	the	bank	
loans and low interest rates that range 
between	0%	and	3.4%	(with	a	weighted-
average	interest	rate	of	2.3%	at	the	
year-end),	the	Board	does	not	consider	
it appropriate	to	hedge	the	interest	
rate risk.

Credit Risk

The	Group	trades	only	with	recognised,	
creditworthy third parties and independent 
credit checks and credit limits are 
managed	by	the	trading	entities.	Credit	
limits	can	only	be	exceeded	if	authorised	
by	the	1Spatial	plc	Board.	Receivable	
balances	are	monitored	on	an	ongoing	
basis	with	the	result	that	the	Group’s	
exposure	to	bad	debts	is	not	significant,	
especially given past payment history 
of longstanding	customers.	There	are	
no significant	concentrations	of	credit	
risk	within	the	Group.

Credit risk also arises from cash and 
cash equivalents	with	banks	and	financial	
institutions.	For	banks	and	financial	
institutions,	only	independently	rated	
parties	with	a	minimum	rating	of	‘A’	are	
used	for	significant	cash	deposits.

Capital Risk Management

The	Group’s	objectives	when	managing	
capital are to safeguard the Group’s 
ability	to	continue	as	a	going	concern	in	
order to provide returns for shareholders 
and	benefits	for	other	stakeholders	and	
to maintain an optimal capital structure 
to reduce the cost of capital within 
an acceptable	level	of	risk.	In	order	to	
maintain	or	adjust	the	capital	structure,	
the	Group	may	issue	new	shares,	raise	
finance	through	increasing	debt	or	
sell assets/businesses	to	reduce	debt.	
The	Group	monitors	its	capital	risk	by	
ensuring	the	level	of	debt	and	gearing	
is reasonable	based	on	the	projected	
cash flows	and	related	risks.

The capital structure of the Group at 
31	January	2021	consists	of	cash	and	
cash	equivalents	of	£7.3m	(31	January	
2020:	£5.1m),	bank	borrowings	of	£3.0m	
(31	January	2020:	£1.2m),	and	equity	
attributable	to	shareholders	of	1Spatial	
plc	of	£14.7m	(31	January	2019:	£15.5m).

Corporate GovernanceResearch and development

The Group performs research and 
development	activities	as	described	
within the strategic report on 
pages	6	to	31.	The	Group	expenses	
research activities to the statement 
of comprehensive income and 
capitalises development activities 
should the cost meet the relevant 
criteria.	During	the	year,	£2.1m	was	
capitalised	(2020:	£2.2m),	£2.2m	
(2020:	£2.1m)	was	expensed	and	there	
were	no	impairments	(2020:	£0.1m).

Employees

The	Group	places	considerable	value	
on the	involvement	of	its	employees	and	
has continued its practice of keeping 
them informed of matters affecting them 
as employees and the various factors 
affecting	the	performance	of	the	Group.	
This	has	been	of	even	greater	importance	
during the last year with remote working 
and	other	restrictions	due	to	Covid-19,	
with the Group implementing increased 
frequency	of	team	meetings,	line	
manager	1:1s	and	Group-wide	
communications.

The Directors recognise that continued 
and sustained improvement in the 
performance of the Group depends on 
its ability	to	attract,	motivate	and	retain	
employees	of	the	highest	calibre;	and	
to this	end,	the	Group	issued	new	share	
options to certain key management and 
employees under the employee share 
plan	established	in	2018.	Furthermore,	
the	Directors	believe	that	the	Group’s	
ability	to	sustain	a	competitive	advantage	
over the long term depends in a large part 
on	ensuring	that	all	employees	contribute	
to	the	maximum	of	their	potential.	The	
Group is committed to improving the 
performance of all employees through 
development	and	training.

The	Group	is	an	equal	opportunity	
employer.	The	Group’s	policies	seek	
to promote	an	environment	free	from	
discrimination,	harassment	and	
victimisation and to ensure that no 
employee or applicant is treated less 
favourably	on	the	grounds	of	gender,	
marital	status,	age,	race,	colour,	
nationality	or	national	origin,	disability	or	
sexual	orientation	or	is	disadvantaged	by	
conditions	or	requirements	that	cannot	
objectively	be	justified.	Entry	into,	and	
progression	within	the	Group,	is	solely	
determined	based	on	work	criteria	and	
individual	merit.

The Group continues to give full and 
fair consideration to applications 
for	employment	made	by	disabled	
persons,	having	regard	to	their	
respective	aptitudes	and	abilities.	
The policy	includes,	where	practicable,	
the continued employment of those 
who	may	become	disabled	during	
their employment and the provision 
of	training and	career	development	
and	promotion,	where	appropriate.

The Group holds regular meetings 
with employees to inform them of the 
development	of	the	business	and	to	
provide them with information on matters 
of	concern	to	them	as	employees.	
Consultation with employees has 
continued	at	all	levels,	with	the	aim	of	
ensuring that their views are taken in 
to account when decisions are made 
that	are	likely	to	affect	their	interests.

Changes in share capital

Details of movements in share capital are 
set	out	in	note	21	to	the	financial	
statements.

Directors

The	Directors	who	served	throughout	the	year	and	up	to	the	date	of	approval	of	the	financial	statements,	unless	otherwise	stated,	
were	as	follows:

Name

A	Roberts
C	Milverton
N	Payne
A	Fabian
F Small
P	Massey

Age

Position

Date of Appointment

Date of Resignation

67
47
40
59
62
58

Non-Executive Chairman
Chief	Executive	Officer
Chief	Financial	Officer
Chief	Financial	Officer
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director

19	September	2016
9	October	2017
9	October	2017
16	June	2020
1	August	2017
10	July	2018

–
–
16	June	2020
–
–
–

Details	of	the	current	Directors’	experience	and	expertise	can	be	found	on	the	Company’s	website	www.1spatial.com which does not 
form	part	of	this	report.

Directors’ interests

Details	of	the	share	interests	of	the	Directors,	their	service	contracts	and	terms	of	appointment	are	shown	in	the	Remuneration	Report.

Directors’ indemnities and insurance

As	permitted	by	the	Articles	of	Association,	the	Directors	have	the	benefit	of	an	indemnity	which	is	a	qualifying	third-party	indemnity	
provision	as	defined	by	Section	234	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.	The	indemnity	was	in	force	throughout	the	last	financial	year	and	is	
currently	in	force.	The	Company	also	purchased	and	maintained	throughout	the	financial	year	Directors’	and	Officers’	liability	
insurance	in	respect	of	itself	and	its	Directors	and	officers.

43

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
44

Directors’ Report (continued)

Substantial interests

The	Directors	have	been	notified	of	the	following	substantial	shareholdings	in	excess	of	3%	of	the	voting	share	capital	of	the	Company	
as	at	8	April	2021:

Name

Columbia	Threadneedle	Investments
Canaccord	Genuity	Wealth	Management
Azini	Capital	Partners
Harwood	Capital	LLP
BGF	Investment	Management
J	O	Hambro	Capital	Management
Herald	Investment	Management

Except	as	referred	to	above,	the	Directors	
are not aware of any person who was 
interested	in	3%	or	more	of	the	issued	
share capital of the Company or could 
directly	or	indirectly,	jointly	or	severally,	
exercise	control.

In connection with completion of the 
integration	of	G-I,	the	Group	has	entered	
into an Amendment Agreement with 
these two GI founders and former 
directors to amend the terms of the 
original	agreement	primarily	as	follows:

Acquisition of the 
Company’s own shares

The	Company	did	not	acquire	any	of	its	
shares during the year ended 31 January 
2021	(FY	2020:	nil).

Post balance sheet events

Amendments to Share 
Purchase Agreement

As	announced	on	18	March	2021,	the	
final	step	in	the	integration	of	Geomap-
Imagis	(“G-I”),	which	was	acquired	in	
May	2019,	was	completed.	As	part	of	the	
restructuring,	two	of	the	G-I	founders	
and	former	directors	will	be	leaving	the	
business	and	the	parties	agreed	to	amend	
the	original	SPA	as	explained	below.	

On	8	May	2019,	1Spatial	announced	
that it had	entered	into	share	purchase	
agreements	for	the	acquisition	of	G-I.	
Under	the	original	terms,	the	Group	
agreed	to	pay	the	vendors	consideration,	
which	included	€1,166,999	to	be	satisfied	
by	the	issue	by	1Spatial	of	new	ordinary	
shares in the capital of the Company 
(the “Consideration	Shares”).

Of	the	consideration	to	be	satisfied	by	
the issue	of	the	Consideration	Shares,	
€726,459	was	satisfied	immediately	
upon Completion,	with	the	balance	of	
€440,540	to	be	satisfied	on	30	March	
2023	(the	“Deferred	Share	Consideration	
Amount”).	Accordingly,	on	Completion	
the Company issued to the vendors 
1,902,686	new	ordinary	shares	(the	
“Initial	Consideration	Shares”),	subject	to	
a	lock	up	obligation	until	31	December	2021.

	➤ release	1,765,173	of	the	Initial	

Consideration	Shares	(the	“Released	
Shares”)	from	the	above-mentioned	
lock	up	obligation;	and

	➤ pay out in cash to certain of the 
vendors,	at	the	earlier	date	of	
10	September	2022,	€408,701	
of the Deferred	Share	
Consideration Amount.

Pursuant	to	the	terms	of	the	Amendment	
Agreement,	the	Released	Shares	remain	
subject	to	an	orderly	market	provision	for	
3	months.	

Independent auditors

Following	a	competitive	tender,	BDO	LLP	
were appointed as auditors to the Group 
in	November	2020.	A	resolution	to	
reappoint	BDO	LLP	as	the	Company’s	
auditors and to authorise the Board to 
determine the auditors’ remuneration 
will be	proposed	at	the	2021	Annual	
General	Meeting.

Directors’ Responsibilities 
Statement

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	
preparing the annual report and the 
financial	statements	in	accordance	with	
applicable	law	and	regulation.

Company	law	requires	the	Directors	
to prepare	financial	statements	for	
each financial	year.	Under	that	law	the	
Directors have prepared the Group 
financial	statements	in	accordance	with	
international accounting standards in 
conformity	with	the	requirements	of	
the Companies	Act	2006	and	Company	

Number	of	
shares

22,097,231
17,862,433
13,709,535
7,423,791
6,145,100
6,000,000
3,950,000

Percentage	of	
issued share 
capital

20.00%
16.17%
12.41%
6.72%
5.56%
5.43%
3.58%

financial	statements	in	accordance	with	
United	Kingdom	Generally	Accepted	
Accounting	Practice	(United	Kingdom	
Accounting	Standards,	comprising	FRS	
101	“Reduced	Disclosure	Framework”,	and	
applicable	law).	Under	company	law	the	
Directors	must	not	approve	the	financial	
statements	unless	they	are	satisfied	that	
they give a true and fair view of the state 
of affairs of the Group and Company and 
of	the	profit	or	loss	of	the	Group	and	
Company	for	that	period.	In	preparing	the	
financial	statements,	the	Directors	are	
required	to:

	➤ select	suitable	accounting	policies	
and then	apply	them	consistently;
	➤ state	whether	applicable	IFRSs	have	
been	followed	for	the	Group	financial	
statements	and	United	Kingdom	
Accounting	Standards,	comprising	
FRS	101,	have	been	followed	for	the	
Company	financial	statements,	
subject	to	any	material	departures	
disclosed and explained in the 
financial	statements;

	➤ make judgements and accounting 
estimates	that	are	reasonable	and	
prudent; and

	➤ prepare	the	financial	statements	on	
the	going	concern	basis	unless	it	is	
inappropriate to presume that the 
Group and Company will continue 
in business.

The	Directors	are	also	responsible	for	
safeguarding the assets of the Group and 
Company	and	hence	for	taking	reasonable	
steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud	and	other	irregularities.

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	keeping	
adequate	accounting	records	that	are	
sufficient	to	show	and	explain	the	Group	
and Company’s transactions and disclose 
with	reasonable	accuracy	at	any	time	
the financial	position	of	the	Group	and	
Company	and	enable	them	to	ensure	that	
the	financial	statements	comply	with	the	
Companies	Act	2006.	

Corporate GovernanceThe	Directors	are	responsible	for	the	maintenance	and	integrity	of	the	Company’s	financial	statements	published	on	the	ultimate	
parent	company’s	website.	Legislation	in	the	United	Kingdom	governing	the	preparation	and	dissemination	of	financial	statements	
may	differ	from	legislation	in	other	jurisdictions.

The	Directors	consider	that	the	annual	report	and	financial	statements,	taken	as	a	whole,	is	fair,	balanced	and	understandable	and	
provides	the	information	necessary	for	shareholders	to	assess	the	Group	and	Company’s	performance,	business	model	and	strategy.

Each	of	the	Directors,	whose	names	and	functions	are	listed	in	the	Directors’	Report	confirm	that,	to	the	best	of	their	knowledge:
• 

the	Company	financial	statements,	which	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	United	Kingdom	Generally	Accepted	Accounting	
Practice	(United	Kingdom	Accounting	Standards,	comprising	FRS	101	“Reduced	Disclosure	Framework”,	and	applicable	law),	give	
a true	and	fair	view	of	the	assets,	liabilities,	financial	position	and	loss	of	the	Company;

• 

• 

the	Group	financial	statements,	which	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	international	accounting	standards	in	conformity	
with	the	requirements	of	the	Companies	Act	2006,	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	assets,	liabilities,	financial	position	and	loss	of	
the Group; and

the	Directors’	Report	includes	a	fair	review	of	the	development	and	performance	of	the	business	and	the	position	of	the	Group	and	
Company,	together	with	a	description	of	the	principal	risks	and	uncertainties	that	it	faces.

Statement of Disclosure of Information to Auditors

In	the	case	of	each	Director	in	office	at	the	date	the	Directors’	Report	is	approved:
•  so	far	as	the	Director	is	aware,	there	is	no	relevant	audit	information	of	which	the	Group	and	Company’s	auditors	are	unaware;	and

• 

they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information	and	to	establish	that	the	Group	and	Company’s	auditors	are	aware	of	that	information.

Signed	by	order	of	the	Board

Susan Wallace
COMPANY SECRETARY
27	April	2021

Registered	Office:

Tennyson House

Cambridge	Business	Park

Cowley Road

Cambridge

CB4	0WZ

45

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
46

Independent Auditor’s Report

to the members of 1Spatial plc

Report on the audit of the 
financial statements 

Opinion on the financial 
statements

In	our	opinion:

• 

• 

• 

• 

the	financial	statements	give	a	true	and	
fair view of the state of the Group’s and 
of	the	Parent	Company’s	affairs	as	at	
31	January	2021	and	of	the	Group’s	
loss for the year then ended;

the	Group	financial	statements	have	
been	properly	prepared	in	accordance	
with international accounting standards 
in	conformity	with	the	requirements	
of the	Companies	Act	2006;

the	Parent	Company	financial	
statements	have	been	properly	
prepared	in	accordance	with	United	
Kingdom	Generally	Accepted	
Accounting	Practice;	and

the	financial	statements	have	been	
prepared in accordance with the 
requirements	of	the	Companies	
Act 2006.

We	have	audited	the	financial	statements	
of	1Spatial	plc	(the	‘Parent	Company’)	and	
its	subsidiaries	(the	‘Group’)	for	the	year	
ended	31	January	2021	which	comprise	
the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive	income,	the	consolidated	
and	company	statement	of	financial	
position,	the	consolidated	and	company	
statement	of	changes	in	equity,	the	
consolidated	statement	of	cash	flows	and	
the	notes	to	the	financial	statements,	
including	a	summary	of	significant	
accounting	policies.

The	financial	reporting	framework	that	
has	been	applied	in	the	preparation	of	the	
Group	financial	statements	is	applicable	
law and international accounting 
standards in conformity with the 
requirements	of	the	Companies	Act	

2006.	The	financial	reporting	framework	
that	has	been	applied	in	the	preparation	
of	the	Parent	Company	financial	
statements	is	applicable	law	and	United	
Kingdom	Accounting	Standards,	
including Financial Reporting Standard 
101	Reduced	Disclosure	Framework	
(United	Kingdom	Generally	Accepted	
Accounting	Practice).

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance 
with International Standards on Auditing 
(UK)	(ISAs	(UK))	and	applicable	law.	Our	
responsibilities	under	those	standards	
are further	described	in	the	Auditor’s	
responsibilities	for	the	audit	of	the	
financial	statements	section	of	our	report.	
We	believe	that	the	audit	evidence	we	have	
obtained	is	sufficient	and	appropriate	to	
provide	a	basis	for	our	opinion.	

Independence
We remain independent of the Group and 
the	Parent	Company	in	accordance	with	the	
ethical	requirements	that	are	relevant	to	
our	audit	of	the	financial	statements	in	the	
UK,	including	the	FRC’s	Ethical	Standard	
as applied	to	listed	entities,	and	we	have	
fulfilled	our	other	ethical	responsibilities	
in accordance	with	these	requirements.	

Conclusions relating to going 
concern

In	auditing	the	financial	statements,	we	
have concluded that the Directors’ use 
of the	going	concern	basis	of	accounting	
in	the	preparation	of	the	financial	
statements	is	appropriate.	The	directors’	
assessment of going concern involves a 
number	of	highly	subjective	judgements	
and	was	accordingly	identified	by	us	as	
a Key	Audit	Matter.	Our	evaluation	of	the	
Directors’ assessment of the Group and 
the	Parent	Company’s	ability	to	continue	
to	adopt	the	going	concern	basis	of	
accounting and in response to the key 
audit	matter	included:

•  Obtained	an	understanding	of	the	

management process for producing 
cash	forecasting	models,	including	the	
inputs and assumptions used in those 
models.

•  Obtained	management’s	board	

approved	budget	and	forecast	cash	
flows	and	management’s	reverse	
stress	test.

•  Comparing forecasted sales with 

recent	historical	financial	information	
to consider accuracy of forecasting

•  Understanding	and	challenging	the	
forecasts for the Group including 
underlining assumptions in the 
forecasts.

•  Performing	analysis	of	changes	in	key	
assumptions	including	a	reasonable	
possible	(but	not	unrealistic)	reduction	
in forecast revenue to understand the 
sensitivity	in	the	cash	flow	forecasts.

•  Reviewing	the	bank	loan	documents	to	
understand the terms and comparing 
these	to	the	Group’s	forecasts.

•  A Review of the appropriateness of 

the	Directors’	statements	in	note	2	of	
the	financial	statements	as	to	whether	
it discloses all the relevant events and 
assumptions made to adopt the going 
concern	basis	of	accounting	in	
preparation	of	the	financial	
statements.

Based	on	the	work	we	have	performed,	
we	have	not	identified	any	material	
uncertainties relating to events or 
conditions	that,	individually	or	
collectively,	may	cast	significant	doubt	on	
the	Group	and	Parent	Company’s	ability	
to continue as a going concern for a 
period of at least twelve months from 
the financial	statements	are	authorised	
for	issue.	

Our	responsibilities	and	the	
responsibilities	of	the	Directors	with	
respect	to	going	concern	are	described	
in the	relevant	sections	of this	report.

Financial StatementsOverview

Coverage for 
significant components

73%	of	Group	profit	before	tax	
80%	of	Group	revenue	
85%	of	Group	total	assets

Key audit matters

Capitalisation of development costs

Revenue recognition and contract costs

Materiality

Impairment	of	goodwill	and	other	intangible	assets

Going concern 

Group	financial	statements	as	a	whole	
£246,000	based	on	1%	of	revenue.

31	January	2021

An overview of the scope 
of our audit

Our	Group	audit	was	scoped	by	obtaining	
an understanding of the Group and its 
environment,	including	the	Group’s	system	
of	internal	control,	and	assessing	the	risks	
of	material	misstatement	in	the	financial	
statements.	We	also	addressed	the	risk	of	
management	override	of	internal	controls,	
including assessing whether there was 
evidence	of	bias	by	the	Directors	that	may	
have represented a risk of material 
misstatement.

We	instructed	BDO’s	member	firm	in	
France	as	component	auditor,	to	perform	
a full	scope	audit	of	financial	information	
of	1Spatial	France	S.A.S,	the	significant	
component accounted for locally in that 
territory.

In	addition,	the	Group	audit	team	
performed	the	following:

•  Full scope audits on 1Spatial Group 
Limited	and	1Spatial	plc	(entity).

•  Specified	audit	procedures	were	

performed	over	the	revenue,	deferred	
revenue,	trade	receivables,	accrued	
revenue and government grants for 
1Spatial	Inc.

•  The remaining components not 
subject	to	full	scope	audit	were	
reviewed for group reporting 
purposes,	by	the	Group	audit	team,	
using analytical procedures to support 
the conclusions reached that there 
were	no	significant	risks	of	material	
misstatement of the aggregated 
financial	information	of	these	
components.	

This together with additional procedures 
performed at Group level over the 
consolidation process gave us the 
evidence we needed for our opinion 
on the	financial	statements	as	a	whole.

Our	involvement	with	
component auditors
For	the	work	performed	by	component	
auditors,	we	determined	the	level	of	
involvement	needed	in	order	to	be	able	to	
conclude	whether	sufficient	appropriate	
audit	evidence	has	been	obtained	as	
a basis	for	our	opinion	on	the	Group	
financial	statements	as	a	whole.	Our	
involvement with the component auditor 
included	the	following:

•  Group instructions were issued to 
the component	auditor	detailing	
procedures and the risk assessment 
together with the allocated 
component	materiality	threshold.

•  We conducted numerous video and 

conference calls throughout the audit 
period	to	ensure	we	obtained	a	full	
understanding of the operational 
activities and appropriately scoped 
risks and agreed responses to those 
risks.	

•  We	also	attended	the	audit	planning,	
update	and	clearance	meetings.

•  We	reviewed	the	work	undertaken	by	
our	component	auditor	by	reviewing	
their working papers as well as 
reviewing the summary of work done 
and	conclusions	prepared	by	the	
component	auditors.

Key	audit	matters
Key	audit	matters	are	those	matters	that,	
in	our	professional	judgement,	were	of	
most	significance	in	our	audit	of	the	
financial	statements	of	the	current	period	
and	include	the	most	significant	assessed	
risks	of	material	misstatement	(whether	
or	not	due	to	fraud)	that	we	identified,	
including those which had the greatest 
effect	on:	the	overall	audit	strategy,	the	
allocation	of	resources	in	the	audit,	and	
directing the efforts of the engagement 
team.	These	matters	were	addressed	in	
the	context	of	our	audit	of	the	financial	
statements	as	a	whole,	and	in	forming	our	
opinion	thereon,	and	we	do	not	provide	
a separate	opinion	on	these	matters.

47

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
48

Independent Auditor’s Report (continued)

to the members of 1Spatial plc (continued)

Key audit matter 

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

We	evaluated	the	revenue	recognition	policy	of	the	Group	and,	on	a	sample	basis,	 
we	determined	that	the	revenue	had	been	recognised	in	conformity	with	the	Group’s	
policy	and	applicable	IFRSs.

For	a	sample	of	transactions	through	the	year,	we	confirmed	their	occurrence	by	tracing	
to	source	documentation	including	contracts,	invoices,	timesheets	and	bank	payments.	

We	also	verified	that	the	performance	obligation	had	been	satisfied	by	agreeing	to	
emails of delivery of licence keys and inspected time cards for the performance of  
hours	to	customer	codes.

We	performed	a	proof	test	in	total	by	calculating	expected	revenue	based	on	
movements	in	revenue	related	balances	and	cash	receipts	from	the	customers.	 
We	tested	a	sample	of	bank	payments	to	confirm	cash	receipts	from	customers.

We assessed agent versus principal revenue recognition for third party licences sold 
and	confirmed	the	appropriateness	of	the	accounting	by	reference	to	contracts	with	
customers	and	suppliers	of	the	licences	and	the	relevant	accounting	guidance.

We	recalculated	a	sample	of	deferred	revenue	balances	as	at	the	year	end	to	confirm	
accuracy	of	the	revenue	recognition.	A	further	sample	of	items	were	tested	around	the	
year end in order to identify potential cut-off issues and the completeness of the 
deferred	revenue	balance.

We	assessed	the	basis	upon	which	performance	obligations	were	distinct	and	were	
recognised	for	each	material	product	sold	and	compared	this	to	accounting	guidance,	
industry	practice,	and	the	Group’s	specific	circumstances	and,	where	necessary,	we	
obtained	corroborating	information	including	agreeing	a	sample	of	contracts	and	to	
support	delivery	either	over	time	or	at	a	point	in	time.	

Key observations: 
Based	on	our	audit	procedures	we	have	not	identified	evidence	of	material	fraud	or	error	
in	revenue	recognition	in	the	year.

Risk of fraud and
error in revenue recognition

The Group derives revenue from the 
sale of	products	and	rendering	services	
to	customers.	For	the	Directors’	
disclosures of related accounting 
policies,	judgements	and	estimates	
refer	to	Note	2	and	Note	4.	

The accounting for revenue recognition 
is	complex	and	judgemental.	This	gives	
rise to scope for error in the timing 
and amount	of	revenue	recognised.	
Furthermore,	as	these	amounts	are	
material and revenue is a key 
performance	indicator,	we	consider	this	
to	be	a	key	audit	matter.	In	addition,	
ISAs	(UK)	presume	there	is	a	risk	
of fraud	in	revenue	recognition	for	
every audit	because	of	the	pressure	
management may feel to achieve the 
forecast	results.

These products and services are sold 
individually and in software and service 
bundles	and	revenue	is	recognised	at	
either	a	point	in	time	or	over	time,	
depending on whether the performance 
obligations	are	distinct	and	when	the	
performance	obligation	is	satisfied.

Our	specific	audit	focus	was	the	timing	
of revenue recognition and the 
allocation of the transaction price to 
individual	performance	obligations	
within	a	software	and	service	bundle.	
Assessment of when a performance 
obligation	is	distinct	and	satisfied	can	be	
judgemental in nature and increases the 
risk in relation to the timing of revenue 
recognition.	This	also	increases	the	risk	
in	relation	to	the	revenue	being	
recorded	in	the	incorrect	period,	
especially as it relates to performance 
obligations	recognised	at	a	point	in	time.	
Risk related to allocation of the 
transaction price to individual 
performance	obligations	in	a	software	
and	service	bundle	is	subject	to	
assessment of the standalone selling 
price and this increases the risk 
in respect	of	the	amount	and	timing	
of revenue	recognition.

Financial StatementsKey audit matter 

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

Capitalisation of development costs

The Group capitalises costs in relation to 
development of the software it sells to 
customers.	Such	costs	must	satisfy	
certain criteria as set out in the Group’s 
accounting	policy	in	note	2	to	the	
financial	statements	and	in	IAS	38	
intangible	assets.

In determining which costs to capitalise 
management make certain estimates in 
relation to the allocations of payroll 
costs	between	those	which	should	be	
capitalised	and	those	which	should	be	
expensed through the consolidated 
statement	of	comprehensive	income.

In	accordance	with	IAS	38,	
management’s policy is to capitalise 
development expenditure on internally 
developed software products if the 
project	is	technically	feasible,	it	intends	
to	complete	and	sell	the	software,	it	will	
generate	future	economic	benefits	and	
it	can	be	measured	reliably.	

Because of the estimates involved  
we	considered	this	area	to	be	a	key	 
audit	matter.

Impairment of goodwill and other 
intangible	assets

Refer	to	page	63	(Significant	
Accounting Policies),	Note	4, 
Significant	accounting	estimates	and	
judgements,	and	page	76	(notes).	

In order to support the carrying value 
of goodwill	and	intangible	assets,	the	
Directors performed an impairment 
review	as	at	31	January	2021	using	a	
discounted	cash	flow	model	to	calculate	
value	in	use.	The	impairment	review	
involves	significant	judgement	over	
the number	of	cash	generating	units	
(“CGU”)	and	future	results	and	cash	
flows	of	the	business,	including	forecast	
growth	in	revenues	and	operating	profit	
margins,	as	well	as	determining	an	
appropriate discount rate and long-term 
growth	rate.	As	a	result	of	the	significant	
estimate and judgement involved we 
considered	this	area	to	be	a	key	audit	
matter.

In	order	to	address	this	risk,	we	performed	the	following	testing:	

•  Discussions were held with the Group’s technology team to understand the Group’s 
processes,	procedures	and	material	projects	in	relation	to	development	costs.	

•  On	a	sample	basis,	we	checked	the	accuracy	of	the	payroll	data	included	in	the	

calculations	for	capitalised	costs	by	agreeing	to	supporting	documentation	including	
employment	contracts	and	agreements	with	contractors.	

•  On	a	sample	basis	we	traced	the	hours	capitalised	by	developer	by	project	back	to	

supporting	timesheets.

•  We evaluated management’s estimate of the amortisation period for capitalised 

costs and we assessed whether for amounts previously capitalised if any indicators 
of	impairment	existed	taking	account	of	discussions	with	technology	team,	
knowledge	of	product	sales	and	any	changes	in	usability.	

•  We	critically	evaluated	management’s	assessment	of	the	ability	of	the	asset	to	

generate	future	economic	benefits	for	the	business.

•  We re-performed the calculation of the amortisation charge for capitalised 

development	and	compared	this	to	the	actual	charge.	

Key observations:  
Based	on	the	procedures	performed,	we	noted	no	instances	indicating	that	the	
accounting	for	development	costs,	including	the	calculation	of	the	related	amortisation	
charge	and	the	evaluation	of	impairment	was	inappropriate.

Our	work	on	the	impairment	review	prepared	by	the	Directors’	had	a	dual	focus:	firstly,	
to check that the model was mechanically accurate and prepared in accordance with 
the	requirements	of	applicable	accounting	standards	and	secondly,	to	check	that	the	
assumptions	regarding	future	cash	flows	and	the	rate	at	which	they	had	been	
discounted	were	appropriate	to	the	Group’s	circumstances.	We	checked	and	confirmed	
the consistency of the forecasts used for impairment with the forecasts used for going 
concern.	

We used our internal valuations experts to assist with our interrogation of the model 
and	the	appropriateness	of	the	discount	rate.	This	work	also	included	comparison	to	
industry	data,	historic	trading,	and	macro-economic	factors.

We	assessed	the	appropriateness	of	using	one	CGU	(compared	to	two	in	the	prior	year)	
for	the	impairment	analysis.	We	concurred	with	management	conclusion	on	using	one	
CGU	based	on	our	understanding	of	the	business	and	the	Group’s	strategy	subsequent	
to	the	acquisition	of	Geomap-Imagis.	

We	checked	that	no	additional	impairment	indicators	in	respect	of	development	costs,	
intangible	assets	and	property,	plant	and	equipment	were	present.	

Key observations:  
Based on the audit procedures performed we found the impairment assessment was 
supported	by	reasonable	assumptions	that	would	require	significant	downside	changes	
before	any	impairment	would	be	necessary.	We	deem	the	disclosures	in	respect	of	
goodwill	in	Note	10	to	be	appropriate.

49

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
50

Independent Auditor’s Report (continued)

to the members of 1Spatial plc (continued)

Our application of materiality 

We	apply	the	concept	of	materiality	both	in	planning	and	performing	our	audit,	and	in	evaluating	the	effect	of	misstatements.	We	consider
materiality	to	be	the	magnitude	by	which	misstatements,	including	omissions,	could	influence	the	economic	decisions	of	reasonable	users	
that	are	taken	on	the	basis	of	the	financial	statements.	

In	order	to	reduce	to	an	appropriately	low	level	the	probability	that	any	misstatements	exceed	materiality,	we	use	a	lower	materiality	
level,	performance	materiality,	to	determine	the	extent	of	testing	needed.	Importantly,	misstatements	below	these	levels	will	not	
necessarily	be	evaluated	as	immaterial	as	we	also	take	account	of	the	nature	of	identified	misstatements,	and	the	particular	
circumstances	of	their	occurrence,	when	evaluating	their	effect	on	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole.	

Based	on	our	professional	judgement,	we	determined	materiality	for	the	financial	statements	as	a	whole	and	performance	materiality	
as	follows:

Group	financial	statements

Parent	company	financial	statements

Materiality

Basis for determining materiality

Rationale for the benchmark applied

31	January	2021 
£

246,000

1%	of	revenue.

Revenue	has	been	determined	to	be	the	
most relevant performance measure to the 
stakeholders of the Group given the 
Directors’	current	focus	on	revenue	growth.

31	January	2021 
£

159,900

65%	of	the	Group	materiality

Capped	at	65%	of	Group	materiality	given	
the assessment of the components’ 
aggregation	risk.

Performance materiality

172,200

111,930

Basis for determining performance 
materiality

70%	of	materiality.	This	is	based	upon	a	number	of	factors	including	but	not	limited	to	
historic	adjustments	identified,	our	understanding	of	the	Group	and	its	control	
environment	and	Managements	attitude	towards	historic	adjustments	identified.

Component materiality

Reporting threshold 

We set materiality for each component  
of	the	Group	based	on	a	percentage	of	
between	50%	and	70%	of	Group	
materiality	dependent	on	the	size	and	 
our assessment of the risk of material 
misstatement	of	that	component.	
Component materiality ranged from 
£122,000	to	£172,000.	In	the	audit	of	
each	component,	we	further	applied	
performance	materiality	levels	of	70%	 
of the component materiality to our 
testing to ensure that the risk of errors 
exceeding component materiality was 
appropriately	mitigated.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that 
we would report to them all individual 
audit	differences	in	excess	of	£7,500.	We	
also	agreed	to	report	differences	below	
this	threshold	that,	in	our	view,	warranted	
reporting	on	qualitative	grounds.

Other information

The	directors	are	responsible	for	the	
other	information.	The	other	information	
comprises the information included in the 
Annual	Report	other	than	the	financial	
statements and our auditor’s report 
thereon.	Our	opinion	on	the	financial	
statements does not cover the other 
information	and,	except	to	the	extent	
otherwise	explicitly	stated	in	our	report,	

we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion	thereon.	Our	responsibility	is	
to	read	the	other	information	and,	in	
doing	so,	consider	whether	the	other	
information is materially inconsistent 
with	the	financial	statements	or	our	
knowledge	obtained	in	the	course	of	 
the	audit,	or	otherwise	appears	to	be	
materially	misstated.	If	we	identify	such	
material inconsistencies or apparent 
material	misstatements,	we	are	required	
to determine whether this gives rise to  
a	material	misstatement	in	the	financial	
statements	themselves.	If,	based	on	the	
work	we	have	performed,	we	conclude	
that there is a material misstatement of 
this	other	information,	we	are	required	 
to	report	that	fact.

We	have	nothing	to	report	in	this	regard.

Financial Statements	
Other Companies Act 2006 reporting

Based	on	the	responsibilities	described	below	and	our	work	performed	during	the	course	of	the	audit,	we	are	required	by	the	
Companies	Act	2006	and	ISAs	(UK)	to	report	on	certain	opinions	and	matters	as	described	below.	

Strategic report and  
Directors’ report

Matters on which  
we are required to  
report by exception

In	our	opinion,	based	on	the	work	undertaken	in	the	course	of	the	audit:

• 

• 

the	information	given	in	the	Strategic	report	and	the	Directors’	report	for	the	financial	year	for	which	
the	financial	statements	are	prepared	is	consistent	with	the	financial	statements;	and

the	Strategic	report	and	the	Directors’	report	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	applicable	
legal	requirements.

In	the	light	of	the	knowledge	and	understanding	of	the	Group	and	Parent	Company	and	its	environment	
obtained	in	the	course	of	the	audit,	we	have	not	identified	material	misstatements	in	the	strategic	
report	or	the	Directors’	report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 
2006	requires	us	to	report	to	you	if,	in	our	opinion:

•  adequate	accounting	records	have	not	been	kept	by	the	Parent	Company,	or	returns	adequate	for	

our	audit	have	not	been	received	from	branches	not	visited	by	us;	or

• 

the	Parent	Company	financial	statements	are	not	in	agreement	with	the	accounting	records	and	
returns; or

•  certain	disclosures	of	Directors’	remuneration	specified	by	law	are	not	made;	or

•  we	have	not	received	all	the	information	and	explanations	we	require	for	our	audit.

Responsibilities of 
Directors

As explained more fully in the Directors’ 
responsibilities	statement,	the	Directors	
are	responsible	for	the	preparation	of	the	
financial	statements	and	for	being	satisfied	
that	they	give	a	true	and	fair	view,	and	for	
such internal control as the Directors 
determine	is	necessary	to	enable	the	
preparation	of	financial	statements	that	
are	free	from	material	misstatement,	
whether	due	to	fraud	or	error.

In	preparing	the	financial	statements,	the	
Directors	are	responsible	for	assessing	
the	Group’s	and	the	Parent	Company’s	
ability	to	continue	as	a	going	concern,	
disclosing,	as	applicable,	matters	related	
to going concern and using the going 
concern	basis	of	accounting	unless	the	
Directors	either	intend	to	liquidate	the	
Group	or	the	Parent	Company	or	to	 
cease	operations,	or	have	no	realistic	
alternative	but	to	do	so.

Auditor’s responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial 
statements

Extent to which the audit was 
capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud

Our	objectives	are	to	obtain	reasonable	
assurance	about	whether	the	financial	
statements as a whole are free from 
material	misstatement,	whether	due	 
to	fraud	or	error,	and	to	issue	an	 
auditor’s report that includes our  
opinion.	Reasonable	assurance	is	a	 
high	level	of	assurance,	but	is	not	a	
guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance	with	ISAs	(UK)	will	always	
detect a material misstatement when  
it	exists.	Misstatements	can	arise	 
from fraud or error and are considered 
material	if,	individually	or	in	the	
aggregate,	they	could	reasonably	be	
expected	to	influence	the	economic	
decisions	of	users	taken	on	the	basis	 
of	these	financial	statements.

Irregularities,	including	fraud,	are	
instances of non-compliance with laws 
and	regulations.	We	design	procedures	 
in	line	with	our	responsibilities,	outlined	
above,	to	detect	material	misstatements	
in	respect	of	irregularities,	including	
fraud.	The	extent	to	which	our	procedures	
are	capable	of	detecting	irregularities,	
including	fraud	is	detailed	below:

We	obtained	an	understanding	of	the	 
legal and regulatory frameworks that  
are	applicable	to	the	Group	and	its	
components and determined that the most 
significant	frameworks	which	are	directly	
relevant	to	specific	assertions	in	the	
financial	statements	are	those	that	relate	
to	the	reporting	framework,	Companies	
Act	2006	and	rules	of	the	London	Stock	
Exchange for companies trading securities 
on	AIM,	data	privacy	and	the	relevant	tax	
compliance	regulations.

51

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
52

Independent Auditor’s Report (continued)

to the members of 1Spatial plc (continued)

A further description of our 
responsibilities	is	available	on	the	
Financial	Reporting	Council’s	website	at:	
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.	
This description forms part of our 
auditor’s	report.

Use of our report

This	report	is	made	solely	to	the	Parent	
Company’s	members,	as	a	body,	in	
accordance	with	Chapter	3	of	Part	16	of	
the	Companies	Act	2006.	Our	audit	work	
has	been	undertaken	so	that	we	might	
state	to	the	Parent	Company’s	members	
those	matters	we	are	required	to	state	to	
them in an auditor’s report and for no 
other	purpose.	To	the	fullest	extent	
permitted	by	law,	we	do	not	accept	or	
assume	responsibility	to	anyone	other	
than	the	Parent	Company	and	the	Parent	
Company’s	members	as	a	body,	for	our	
audit	work,	for	this	report,	or	for	the	
opinions	we	have	formed.

Leighton	Thomas	(Senior	Statutory	
Auditor)
For	and	on	behalf	of	BDO	LLP,	Statutory	
Auditor
London,	UK
27	April	2021

BDO	LLP	is	a	limited	liability	partnership	
registered	in	England	and	Wales	(with	
registered	number	OC305127).

We focused on laws and regulations that 
could give rise to a material misstatement 
in	the	Company	financial	statements	and	
the	susceptibility	of	the	entity’s	financial	
statements to material misstatement 
including	fraud.	As	part	of	planning	
procedures undertaken and discussions 
with	management,	we	obtained	an	
understanding of the legal and regulatory 
framework	applicable	to	the	entity.	Our	
tests	included,	but	were	not	limited	to:

•  Evaluating	and,	where	appropriate	
challenging assumptions and 
judgements	made	by	management	in	
determining	significant	accounting	
estimates,	in	particular	in	relation	to	
impairment	of	goodwill	and	intangible	
assets,	capitalised	development,	and	
the going concern assumption; 

•  Agreement	of	the	financial	statement	
disclosures to underlying supporting 
documentation;

•  Procedures	to	address	the	risk	of	

fraud	in	revenue	recognition	(refer	 
to	the	key	audit	matters	section);	

•  Review of minutes of Board meetings 

throughout the year;

•  Review of tax compliance and 

involvement of our tax specialists  
in the audit; and 

• 

In addressing the risk of management 
override	of	control,	identifying	and	
testing journal entries which met 
specific	criteria	the	existence	of	which	
may have indicated the risk of fraud 
being	inherent.

We	also	communicated	relevant	identified	
laws and regulations and potential fraud 
risks	to	all	engagement	team	members	
and remained alert to any indications of 
fraud or non-compliance with laws and 
regulations	throughout	the	audit.

Our	audit	procedures	were	designed	to	
respond to risks of material misstatement 
in	the	financial	statements,	recognising	
that the risk of not detecting a material 
misstatement due to fraud is higher than 
the risk of not detecting one resulting from 
error,	as	fraud	may	involve	deliberate	
concealment	by,	for	example,	forgery,	
misrepresentations	or	through	collusion.	
There are inherent limitations in the audit 
procedures performed and the further 
removed non-compliance with laws and 
regulations is from the events and 
transactions	reflected	in	the	financial	
statements,	the	less	likely	we	are	to	
become	aware	of	it.

Financial Statements 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

53

For the year ended 31 January 2021

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Administrative expenses

Adjusted EBITDA*
Less:	depreciation
Less:	depreciation	on	right	of	use	asset
Less:	amortisation	and	impairment	of	intangible	assets
Less:	share-based	payment	charge
Less:	strategic,	integration	and	other	non-recurring	items

Operating loss

Finance income
Finance costs

Net	finance	cost

Loss before tax 

Income tax credit

Loss for the year 

Loss for the year attributable to: 
Equity shareholders of the Parent

Other comprehensive (expense)/income
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss:
Actuarial	(losses)/gains	arising	on	defined	benefit	pension,	net	of	tax
Exchange differences arising on translation of net assets of foreign operations

Other	comprehensive	income/(loss)	for	the	year,	net	of	tax
Total comprehensive loss for the year

Total comprehensive loss attributable to the equity shareholders of the Parent

Note

5

11
16
10
22
7

 6(a)

8
8

8

9

18

2021
£’000

24,600
(11,451)

13,149
(14,395)

(1,246)

3,632
(202)
(1,106)
(2,806)
(272)
(492)

(1,246)

39
(226)

(187)

2020
£’000

23,385
(11,123)

12,262
(13,800)

(1,538)

3,226
(152)
(878)
(2,169)
(398)
(1,167)

(1,538)

40
(235)

(195)

(1,433)

(1,733)

308

248

(1,125)

(1,485)

(1,125)

(1,125)

(1,485)

(1,485)

(15)
148

133
(992)

(992)

40
(120)

(80)
(1,565)

(1,565)

Loss per ordinary share attributable to the owners of the Parent during the year 
(expressed	in	pence	per	ordinary	share):
Basic and diluted loss per share

23

(1.0)

(1.4)

*	 Adjusted	EBITDA	is	a	company-specific	measure	which	is	calculated	as	operating	loss	before	depreciation	(including	right	of	use	asset	depreciation),	amortisation	and	

impairment	of	intangible	assets,	share-based	payment	charge	and	strategic,	integration,	and	other	non-recurring	items	(see	note	7).

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
54

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 January 2021

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Intangible	assets	including	goodwill
Property,	plant	and	equipment
Right of use assets

Total non-current assets 

Current assets
Trade	and	other	receivables
Current	income	tax	receivable
Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Total current assets 

Total assets

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Bank	borrowings
Trade	and	other	payables
Lease	liabilities
Deferred consideration

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities
Bank	borrowings
Lease	liabilities
Deferred consideration
Defined	benefit	pension	obligation
Deferred tax

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Share capital and reserves
Share capital
Share premium account
Own	shares	held
Equity-settled	employee	benefits	reserve
Merger	reserve
Reverse	acquisition	reserve
Currency translation reserve
Accumulated losses
Purchase	of	non-controlling	interest	reserve

Total equity

Note

10
11
16

12

13

14
15
16
17

14
16
17
18
19

20
20
20
22
21
21
21

21

2021
£’000

15,187
392
2,694

18,273

10,890
164
7,278

18,332

36,605

(470)
(13,418)
(925)
–

(14,813)

(2,542)
(1,743)
(390)
(1,606)
(776)

(7,057)

(21,870)

14,735

20,150
30,479
(303)
3,604
16,465
(11,584)
332
(43,931)
(477)

14,735

2020
£’000

15,560
374
3,272

19,206

9,930
233
5,108

15,271

34,477

(135)
(11,439)
(957)
(599)

(13,130)

(1,086)
(2,340)
(370)
(1,417)
(679)

(5,892)

(19,022)

15,455

20,150
30,479
(303)
3,332
16,465
(11,584)
184
(42,791)
(477)

15,455

The	financial	statements	on	pages	53	to	93	were	approved	and	authorised	for	issue	by	the	Board	on	27	April	2021	and	signed	on	its	
behalf	by:

Andrew Fabian
DIRECTOR 

Registered	company	number	(England):	5429800.

Financial StatementsConsolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

55

For the year ended 31 January 2021

Share 
capital
£’000

Share 
premium 
account
£’000

Own	
shares 
held
£’000

Equity- 
settled 
employee 
benefits	
reserve
£’000

Merger	
reserve
£’000

Reverse
acquisition
reserve
£’000

Currency 
translation 
reserve
£’000

Purchase	 
of non- 
controlling 
interest 
reserve
£’000

Accum- 
ulated 
losses 
£’000

Total 
equity	
£’000

For the year ended 31 January 2021

Balance at 1 February 2019

18,971

28,661

(303)

2,934

16,030

(11,584)

304

(477) (41,346) 13,190

Comprehensive income/(loss)
Loss	for	the	year
Other comprehensive  
income/(loss)

Actuarial gains arising on  
defined	benefit	pension
Exchange differences on 
translating foreign operations

Total other comprehensive 
income/(loss)

Total comprehensive  
income/(loss)

Transactions with owners
Issue	of	share	capital,	net	of	 
share issue costs
Recognition	of	share-based	
payment expense

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,179

1,818

–

–

1,179

1,818

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

398

398

–

–

–

–

–

435

–

435

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(120)

(120)

(120)

–

–

–

–

(1,485)

(1,485)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

40

40

–

(120)

40

(80)

(1,445)

(1,565)

–

–

–

3,432

398

3,830

Balance at 31 January 2020

20,150

30,479

(303)

3,332

16,465

(11,584)

184

(477) (42,791) 15,455

Comprehensive loss
Loss	for	the	year
Other comprehensive loss

Actuarial	gains	arising	on	defined	
benefit	pension
Exchange differences on 
translating foreign operations

Total other comprehensive  
(loss)/income

Total comprehensive loss

Transactions with owners
Recognition	of	share-based	
payment expense

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

272

272

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

148

148

148

–

–

–

(1,125)

(1,125)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(15)

(15)

–

148

(15)

133

(1,140)

(992)

–

–

272

272

Balance at 31 January 2021

20,150

30,479

(303)

3,604

16,465

(11,584)

332

(477) (43,931) 14,735

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
56

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 January 2021

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Interest received
Interest paid
Tax received

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition	of	subsidiary	(net	of	cash	acquired)
Purchase	of	property,	plant	and	equipment
Capitalisation	of	development	costs	and	other	intangibles	

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
New	borrowings
Repayment	of	borrowings
Repayment	of	lease	obligations
Payment	of	deferred	consideration	on	acquisition
Net proceeds of share issue

Net cash generated from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	at	start	of	year
Effects	of	foreign	exchange	on	cash	and	cash	equivalents

Note

13 (a)

17
11
10

16
17
20

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

13 (b)

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

3,983
39
(218)
484

4,288

–
(192)
(2,120)

(2,312)

1,800
(146)
(1,069)
(585)
–

–

1,976
5,108
194

7,278

572
40
(184)
313

741

(2,151)
(132)
(2,188)

(4,471)

672
(133)
(792)
–
2,805

2,552

(1,178)
6,358
(72)

5,108

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements

57

For the year ended 31 January 2021

1. General information

The	consolidated	financial	statements	for	the	year	ended	31	January	2021	comprise	1Spatial	plc	(‘the	Company’)	and	its	subsidiaries	
(together	‘the	Group’).	

The	principal	activities	of	the	Company	and	its	subsidiaries	are	described	within	the	Directors’	report	on	page	42.

The	Company	is	a	public	limited	company	whose	shares	are	listed	on	the	AIM	London	Stock	Exchange	and	is	incorporated	and	
domiciled	in	the	United	Kingdom.	The	address	of	its	registered	office	is	Tennyson	House,	Cambridge	Business	Park,	Cowley	Road,	
Cambridge,	Cambridgeshire,	England,	CB4	0WZ.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies 

The	principal	accounting	policies	applied	in	the	preparation	of	these	consolidated	financial	statements	are	set	out	below.	These	
policies	have	been	applied	consistently	throughout	the	year	except	where	otherwise	indicated.

Basis of preparation 

The	consolidated	financial	statements	of	1Spatial	plc	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	international	accounting	standards	
in conformity	with	the	requirements	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.	The	“requirements	of	the	Companies	Act	2006”	here	means	
accounts	being	prepared	in	accordance	with	“international	accounting	standards”	as	defined	in	section	474(1)	of	that	Act,	as	it	applied	
immediately	before	IP	completion	day	(end	of	transition	period),	including	where	the	company	also	makes	use	of	standards	which	
have been	adopted	for	use	within	the	United	Kingdom	in	accordance	with	regulation	1(5)	of	the	International	Accounting	Standards	
and	European	Public	Limited	Liability	Company	(Amendment	etc.)	(EU	Exit)	Regulations	2019.	The	consolidated	financial	statements	
have	been	prepared	under	the	historical	cost	convention.	

The	preparation	of	financial	statements	in	conformity	with	IFRS	requires	the	use	of	certain	critical	accounting	estimates.	It	also	
requires	management	to	exercise	its	judgement	in	the	process	of	applying	the	Group’s	accounting	policies.	The	areas	involving	a	
higher	degree	of	judgement	and	complexity,	or	areas	where	assumptions	and	estimates	are	significant	to	the	consolidated	financial	
statements	are	disclosed	in	note	4.

Going concern

The	Board	used	as	its	basis	for	the	going	concern	review	the	budget	for	the	FY22	year,	rolled	out	to	30	April	2022	using	part	of	its	
forecast	for	FY	2023,	so	that	a	full	12-month	period	from	the	date	of	signing	the	FY21	Annual	Report	and	Accounts	is	considered.	
Due to	the	uncertainty	created	by	Covid-19,	in	addition	to	applying	the	normal	sensitivities	to	cash	flows,	the	going	concern	review	
also	included	a	reverse-stress	test	to	demonstrate	that	even	if	new	business	and	renewals	are	severely	impacted	by	further	lockdowns	
and	impacts	of	the	pandemic,	the	finances	of	the	Group	are	in	a	robust	position.	

The	Group	started	the	prior	financial	year	on	1	February	2020	with	cash	of	£5.1m	and	borrowings	of	£1.2m,	giving	net	funds	(before	
lease	liabilities)	of	£3.9m.	The	Group	started	the	current	financial	year	on	1	February	2021	with	cash	of	£7.3m	and	debt	of	£3.0m,	
giving	net	funds	(before	lease	liabilities)	of	£4.3m,	having	increased	its	net	cash	in	the	year	even	after	paying	£0.6m	of	deferred	
consideration.	

Despite	the	pandemic,	the	year	ended	31	January	2021	was	a	year	of	revenue,	adjusted	EBITDA*	and	operating	cash	flow	growth.	
The two	main	contributors	to	this	were	the	Group’s	industry	markets,	Government,	Utilities	and	Transport,	not	being	adversely	
affected	by	Covid-19,	and	swiftly	adapting	to	home	working	and	remote	delivery	of	projects.	

There	was	a	Covid-19	related	dip	in	new	business	generation	in	the	first	half,	particularly	in	Europe,	but	the	second	half	showed	
a strong	performance,	with	a	number	of	significant	contract	wins	and	new	clients	added	in	all	Geographies.

The	growth	of	the	pipeline	of	new	business	opportunities,	and	accelerated	win	rate	in	recent	months,	provides	the	Board	with	
confidence	that	1Spatial	is	on	a	path	of	profitable	growth.	We	have	entered	the	new	year	with	a	record	level	of	contracted	future	
revenue,	a	wide	range	of	customers	in	stable	industry	segments	of	Government,	Utilities	and	Transport	and	growing	proof	of	delivery	
both	in	Europe	and	the	USA.

The	Board	has	concluded,	after	reviewing	the	work	performed	and	detailed	above,	that	the	Group	has	adequate	resources	to	continue	
in	operation	for	at	least	12	months	from	the	date	of	approval	of	the	financial	statements.	Accordingly,	they	have	adopted	the	going	
concern	basis	in	preparing	these	financial	statements.

Audit exemption 

Subsidiary	undertaking	1Spatial	Holdings	Limited	has	claimed	the	audit	exemption	under	Companies	Act	2006	Section	479A	with	
respect	to	the	year	ended	31	January	2021.	The	Group	parent	company,	1Spatial	plc,	has	given	a	statement	of	guarantee	under	
Companies	Act	2006	Section	479C,	whereby	1Spatial	plc	will	guarantee	all	outstanding	liabilities	to	which	the	subsidiary	company	
is subject	as	at	31	January	2021.	In	addition,	Aon	Spásúil	Limited	has	claimed	the	audit	exemption	under	Irish	Companies	Act	2014	
section	357	with	respect	to	the	year	ended	31	January	2021.	The	Group	parent	company,	1Spatial	plc	has	given	a	statement	of	
guarantee	whereby	it	will	guarantee	all	outstanding	liabilities	to	which	Aon	Spásúil	Limited	is	subject	to	at	31	January	2021.

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
58

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Members’ Voluntary Liquidation

Subsidiaries	Storage	Fusion	Limited	and	Sitemap	Ltd	were	placed	into	members’	voluntary	liquidation	on	16th	December	2020.	
Both businesses	have	been	dormant	in	the	year	and	prior	year.

Adoption of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”)

The	accounting	policies	adopted	in	these	consolidated	financial	statements	are	consistent	with	those	of	the	annual	financial	
statements	for	the	year	ended	31	January	2020,	with	the	exception	of	the	following	standards,	amendments	to	and	interpretations	
of published	standards	adopted	during	the	year:

(i)	New	standards,	amendments	and	interpretations	affecting	amounts	reported	in	the	financial	
statements
Covid-19-Related	Rent	Concessions	–	Amendment	to	IFRS	16
The	Group	has	elected	to	utilise	the	practical	expedient	for	all	rent	concessions	that	met	the	criteria.	The	practical	expedient	has	been	
applied	retrospectively,	meaning	it	has	been	applied	to	all	rent	concessions	that	satisfy	the	criteria,	which	in	the	case	of	the	Group,	
occurred	from	March	2020	to	June	2020.	

Accounting	for	the	rent	concessions	as	lease	modifications	would	have	resulted	in	the	Group	remeasuring	the	lease	liability	to	reflect	
the	revised	consideration	using	a	revised	discount	rate,	with	the	effect	of	the	change	in	the	lease	liability	recorded	against	the	
right-of-use	asset.	By	applying	the	practical	expedient,	the	Group	is	not	required	to	determine	a	revised	discount	rate	and	the	effect	
of the	change	in	the	lease	liability	is	reflected	in	profit	or	loss	in	the	period	in	which	the	event	or	condition	that	triggers	the	rent	
concession	occurs.	

The	effect	of	applying	the	practical	expedient	is	disclosed	in	note	16.	

There	were	no	other	new	standards	or	amendments	or	interpretations	to	existing	standards	that	became	effective	during	the	year	
that	were	material	to	the	Group.

No	new	standards,	amendments	or	interpretations	to	existing	standards	having	an	impact	on	the	financial	statements	that	have	been	
published	and	that	are	mandatory	for	the	Group’s	accounting	periods	beginning	on	or	before	1	February	2021,	or	later	periods,	have	
been	adopted	early.

(ii)	New	standards,	amendments	and	interpretations	issued	but	not	effective	for	the	financial	year	
beginning	1	February	2021	and	not	adopted	early	
Certain	new	accounting	standards	and	interpretations	have	been	published	that	are	not	mandatory	for	financial	years	ended	
31	January	2021	and	have	not	been	early	adopted	by	the	group.	These	are:

	➤ IFRS	17	Insurance	contracts
	➤ Amendments	to	IFRS	17	Insurance	Contracts	(Amendments	to	IFRS	17	and	IFRS	4)
	➤ References to the Conceptual Framework
	➤ Proceeds	before	Intended	Use	(Amendments	to	IAS	16)
	➤ Onerous	Contracts	–	Cost	of	Fulfilling	a	Contract	(Amendments	to	IAS	37)
	➤ Annual	Improvements	to	IFRS	Standards	2018-2020	Cycle	(Amendments	to	IFRS	1,	IFRS	9,	IFRS	16,	IAS	41)
	➤ Classification	of	Liabilities	as	Current	or	Non-current	(Amendments	to	IAS	1)
	➤ Covid-19-Related	Rent	Concessions	beyond	30	June	2021	(Amendment	to	IFRS	16)

These	standards	are	not	expected	to	have	a	material	impact	on	the	entity	in	the	current	or	future	reporting	periods	and	on	foreseeable	
future	transactions.

Basis of consolidation

The	results	and	net	assets	of	all	subsidiary	undertakings	acquired	are	included	in	the	statement	of	comprehensive	income	and	
consolidated	statement	of	financial	position	using	the	purchase	method	of	accounting	from	the	effective	date	at	which	control	is	
obtained	by	the	Group.	Subsidiary	undertakings	cease	to	be	consolidated	from	the	date	at	which	the	Group	no	longer	retains	control,	
or	from	the	date	that	the	subsidiary	is	classified	within	disposal	groups	held	for	sale.	The	Group	controls	an	entity	when	the	Group	is	
exposed	to,	or	has	rights	to,	variable	returns	from	its	involvement	with	the	entity	and	has	the	ability	to	affect	those	returns	through	its	
power	over	the	entity.	All	intercompany	balances	and	transactions	are	eliminated	in	full.	Accounting	policies	of	subsidiaries	are	
changed	where	necessary	to	ensure	consistent	policies	across	the	Group.	

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 202159

Fair value measurements

The	disclosures	in	IFRS	13	must	be	made	separately	for	each	class	of	assets	and	liabilities.	Appropriate	classes	of	assets	and	liabilities	
are	determined	by	considering	the	nature,	characteristics	and	risks	of	the	asset	or	liability,	and	the	level	of	the	fair	value	hierarchy	
within	which	the	fair	value	measurement	is	categorised.	

Business combinations 

Acquisitions	of	subsidiaries	and	businesses	are	accounted	for	using	the	acquisition	method.	The	cost	of	an	acquisition	is	measured	as	
the	fair	value	of	the	assets	given,	equity	instruments	issued	and	liabilities	incurred	or	assumed	at	the	date	of	exchange.	Where	there	
is deferred	consideration	payable	in	cash,	the	amount	is	discounted	to	its	present	value.	The	fair	value	of	deferred	cash	consideration	
is	included	within	the	Group’s	financial	statements	as	a	liability.	

Where	there	is	deferred	consideration	payable	in	shares	(and	it	is	a	fixed	number	of	shares),	the	consideration	is	accounted	for	as	
equity	to	be	issued.	Where	there	is	deferred	consideration	payable	in	shares	(and	it	is	a	fixed	value	payable	in	shares),	the	amount	
is discounted	to	its	present	value	and	the	fair	value	of	deferred	consideration	is	included	within	the	Group’s	financial	statements	
as a liability.	

Identifiable	assets	acquired	and	liabilities	and	contingent	liabilities	assumed	in	a	business	combination	are	measured	initially	at	their	
fair	values	at	the	acquisition	date.	The	excess	of	the	cost	of	acquisition	over	the	fair	value	of	the	Group’s	share	of	the	identifiable	net	
assets	acquired	is	recorded	as	goodwill.	If	the	cost	of	acquisition	is	less	than	the	fair	value	of	the	net	assets	of	the	subsidiary	acquired,
the	difference	is	recognised	directly	in	the	statement	of	comprehensive	income.	Acquisition	related	costs	are	expensed	as	incurred.

Transactions	with	non-controlling	interests	that	do	not	result	in	loss	of	control	are	accounted	for	as	equity	transactions	–	that	is	as	
transactions	with	owners	in	their	capacity	as	owners.	The	difference	between	the	fair	value	of	any	consideration	paid	and	the	relevant	
share	acquired	of	the	carrying	value	of	net	assets	of	the	subsidiary	is	regarded	as	equity.

Where	a	business	combination	is	achieved	in	a	series	of	transactions,	the	business	combination’s	cost	is	the	aggregate	of	the	fair	
values	of	the	assets	given,	liabilities	assumed	and	equity	instruments	issued	by	the	acquirer	at	the	date	of	each	transaction	in	the	
series.	The	previously	held	interest	is	re-measured	to	fair	value	at	the	acquisition	date,	and	a	gain	or	loss	is	recognised	in	the	
statement	of	comprehensive	income.

Disposal of subsidiaries

The	date	of	disposal	of	a	subsidiary	is	the	date	on	which	control	passes.	The	consolidated	statement	of	comprehensive	income	
includes	the	results	of	a	subsidiary	up	to	the	date	of	disposal;	the	gain	or	loss	on	disposal	is	the	difference	between	(a)	the	carrying	
amount	of	the	net	assets	plus	any	attributable	goodwill	and	amounts	accumulated	in	other	comprehensive	income;	and	(b)	the	
proceeds	of	sale.

Segment reporting

Operating	segments	are	reported	in	a	manner	consistent	with	the	internal	reporting	provided	to	the	chief	operating	decision-maker.	
The	chief	operating	decision-maker	has	been	identified	as	the	Board	of	Directors	which	makes	the	Group’s	strategic	decisions.

Foreign currency translation 

(a)	Functional	and	presentation	currency	
Items	included	in	the	financial	statements	of	each	of	the	Group’s	entities	are	measured	using	the	currency	of	the	primary	economic	
environment	in	which	the	entity	operates	(‘the	functional	currency’).	The	consolidated	financial	statements	are	presented	in	UK	
sterling	which	is	the	Company’s	functional	and	presentation	currency.	Foreign	currency	adjustments	arise	on	translating	the	overseas	
subsidiaries	into	the	Group’s	presentation	currency.	

(b)	Transactions	and	balances	
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions.	Foreign	exchange	gains	and	losses	resulting	from	the	settlement	of	such	transactions	and	from	the	translation	at	
year-end	exchange	rates	of	monetary	assets	and	liabilities	denominated	in	foreign	currencies	are	recognised	in	the	statement	
of comprehensive	income	in	the	period	in	which	they	arise.	

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
	
 
60

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(c)	Group	companies
The	results	and	financial	position	of	all	the	Group	entities	(none	of	which	has	the	currency	of	a	hyper-inflationary	economy)	that	have	
a functional	currency	different	from	the	presentation	currency	are	translated	into	the	presentation	currency	as	follows:

i.	 assets	and	liabilities	for	each	statement	of	financial	position	presented	are	translated	at	the	closing	rate	at	the	date	of	that	

statement	of	financial	position;

ii.	 income	and	expenses	for	each	statement	of	comprehensive	income	are	translated	at	average	exchange	rates	(unless	this	

average	is	not	a	reasonable	approximation	of	the	cumulative	effect	of	the	rates	prevailing	on	the	transaction	dates,	in	which	
case	income	and	expenses	are	translated	at	the	rate	on	the	dates	of	the	transactions);	and

iii.	 all	resulting	exchange	differences	are	recognised	as	a	separate	component	of	equity.

(d)	Goodwill	and	intangibles
Goodwill	and	intangibles	adjustments	arising	on	the	acquisition	of	a	foreign	operation	are	treated	as	assets	and	liabilities	of	the	
foreign	operation	and	translated	at	the	closing	rate.

Revenue recognition 

Revenue	has	been	recognised	in	the	year	ended	31	January	2021	by	applying	IFRS	15,	the	policies	adopted	are	set	out	below.

Revenue	comprises	the	fair	value	of	the	consideration	received	or	receivable	for	software	licences,	support	and	maintenance,	
professional	services	(including	distinct	software	development	services)	in	the	ordinary	course	of	the	Group’s	activities.	The	
consideration	is	allocated	between	the	individual	performance	obligations	in	a	contract,	and	revenue	is	recognised	when	the	
associated	performance	obligations	are	satisfied.

Revenue	is	allocated	to	the	various	performance	obligations	on	a	relative	stand-alone	selling	price	(“SSP”)	basis.	The	Group	utilises	
available	data	points	based	on	relevant	historical	transactions,	to	establish	the	observable	stand-alone	selling	prices	to	be	used	in	
allocating	transaction	consideration.	For	observable	stand-alone	sales	a	reasonable	range	of	prices	will	be	determined	to	represent	
the	stand-alone	selling	price	of	that	performance	obligation.	For	performance	obligations	where	observable	stand-alone	sales	are	not	
available,	SSP	will	be	estimated	using	the	following	methods	in	the	order	set	out	below:

	➤ Market	price
	➤ Expected cost plus a margin
	➤ Residual approach

Revenue	for	each	of	the	Group’s	different	performance	obligations	and	how	it	is	recognised	is	set	out	below.

Recurring revenue 
Software licence
Fixed	term	software	licence	revenue	is	the	sale	of	right	to	use	the	software	and	is	recognised	when	the	software	is	made	available	to	
the	customer	(i.e.	when	control	of	the	asset	is	transferred	and	the	performance	obligation	is	satisfied).	Licence	revenue	is	considered	
right	to	use	as	the	customer	receives	the	right	to	download	and	use	the	software.	Fixed	term	licence	contracts	are	typically	sold	on	
twelve	month	terms	and	subject	to	annual	renewal.	

SaaS arrangements where customers access the functionality of a hosted software over the contract period without taking 
possession	of	the	software	are	deemed	right	of	access.	As	such,	the	performance	obligations	are	provided	evenly	over	a	defined	term	
and	the	Group	recognises	revenue	over	the	period	in	which	the	subscriptions	are	provided	as	the	service	is	delivered,	generally	on	
a straight-line	basis.

Support and maintenance 
Where	the	support	and	maintenance	is	sold	for	a	fixed	term	and	there	is	a	continuing	performance	obligation,	revenue	is	recognised	
over	the	term	of	the	agreement	on	a	straight-line	basis.

Where	fees	for	support	and	maintenance	are	bundled	with	the	licence	fee,	the	transaction	price	is	allocated	to	the	distinct	
performance	obligations	with	revenue	recognised	when	the	performance	obligation	has	been	met.	In	order	to	determine	the	allocation	
to	the	distinct	elements,	reference	is	made	to	market	price	or	where	there	is	no	market	price,	the	estimated	standalone	selling	price	
for	that	performance	obligation.	

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 2021Services 
Professional	services
Revenue	is	recognised	based	upon	stage	of	completion	of	the	services	project	or	where	there	are	a	series	of	distinct	milestones,	to	
the completion	of	that	element	of	the	overall	services	project.	The	stage	of	completion	is	based	on	a	percentage	of	completion	basis,	
as	determined	by	the	percentage	of	labour	costs	incurred	to	date	compared	to	the	total	estimated	labour	costs	of	a	contract.

Software development services
Revenue	is	recognised	over	time	based	upon	stage	of	completion	of	the	software	project.	The	percentage	of	completion	of	the	project	
is	arrived	at	by	a	considered	objective	review	as	to	the	work	that	has	been	carried	out,	against	that	which	is	yet	to	be	completed,	to	
allow	the	project	to	be	delivered	to	the	customer.	These	reviews	are	carried	out	throughout	the	project.	Where	the	Group	has	an	
enforceable	right	to	payment	for	performance	to	date,	revenue	is	recognised	using	an	input	method	based	on	costs	incurred	as	a	
proportion	of	total	costs	expected	to	be	incurred.	Where	there	is	no	enforceable	right	to	payment	for	performance	to	date,	revenue	
is recognised	based	on	an	output	method	based	on	contract	milestones	achieved.	Any	costs	relating	to	the	element	of	the	project	
not yet	being	recognised	as	revenue	are	deferred,	until	the	associated	revenue	is	recognised,	and	included	within	other	receivables.

Non-recurring revenue
Perpetual	licences
Non-recurring	perpetual	software	licences	revenue	is	the	sale	of	right	to	use	the	software	and	the	term	is	undefined.	Non-recurring	
perpetual	software	licences	revenue	is	recognised	when	the	software	is	made	available	to	the	customer	(i.e.	when	control	of	the	
asset is	transferred	and	the	performance	obligation	is	satisfied).	Licence	revenue	is	considered	right	to	use	as	the	customer	receives	
the	right	to	download	and	use	the	software.	This	revenue	is	expected	to	transition	in	time	to	being	part	of	recurring	term	or	
subscription	licences.

Principal	versus	agent	considerations	
When	the	Group	is	involved	in	providing	other	party’s	products	to	a	customer,	the	Group	determines	whether	it	is	a	principal	or	
an agent	for	each	specified	good	or	service	promised	to	the	customer.	A	specified	good	or	service	is	a	distinct	good	or	service	
(or a distinct	bundle	of	goods	or	services)	to	be	provided	to	the	customer.	To	determine	the	nature	of	its	promise,	the	Group	shall:

	➤ identify	the	specified	goods	or	services	to	be	provided	to	the	customer	(which,	for	example,	could	be	a	right	to	a	good	or	service	

to be	provided	by	another	party);	and

	➤ assess	whether	it	controls	each	specified	good	or	service	before	that	good	or	service	is	transferred	to	the	customer.	The	Group	is	

a principal	if	it	controls	the	specified	good	or	service	before	that	good	or	service	is	transferred	to	a	customer.	The	following	factors	
are	considered	in	the	analysis:

–	 The	entity	which	is	primarily	responsible	for	fulfilling	the	promise	to	provide	the	specified	product.	
–	

If	the	Group	has	inventory	risk	before	the	specified	good	or	service	has	been	transferred	to	a	customer,	or	after	transfer	
of control	to	the	customer.

	➤ The	Group	has	discretion	in	establishing	the	prices	for	the	specified	product.	

When	the	Group	is	a	principal,	the	revenues	are	recognized	in	the	gross	amount	in	profit	and	loss	while	as	an	agent	the	revenues	are	
recognized	on	a	net	basis	in	profit	and	loss.

Interest income

Interest	income	is	accrued	on	a	time	basis,	by	reference	to	the	principal	outstanding	and	at	the	effective	interest	rate	applicable,	
which	is	the	rate	that	discounts	the	estimated	future	cash	receipts	through	the	expected	life	of	the	financial	asset	to	that	asset’s	net	
carrying	amount.

Government grants

Government	grants	and	other	assistance	are	accounted	for	under	IAS	20	Accounting	for	Government	Grants	and	Disclosure	of	
Government	Assistance.	A	government	grant	is	recognised	only	when	there	is	reasonable	assurance	that	(a)	the	entity	will	comply	
with	any	conditions	attached	to	the	grant	and	(b)	the	grant	will	be	or	has	been	received.	

The	grant	is	recognised	as	income	over	the	period	necessary	to	match	them	with	the	related	costs,	for	which	they	are	intended	
to compensate,	on	a	systematic	basis.	

Assistance	in	the	form	of	bank	loans	backed	by	government	support	that	may	be	forgiven	if	certain	conditions	are	met	are	initially	
recorded	as	loans.	When	the	conditions	for	forgiveness	are	met,	or	there	is	reasonable	assurance	that	the	conditions	will	be	met,	the	
grant	is	credited	to	the	profit	and	loss.

61

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
62

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

Deferred costs and deferred revenues 

To	the	extent	that	the	cost	and	revenue	recognition	differs	from	the	contractual	billing	terms,	costs	are	included	in	other	receivables	
and	revenue	is	included	in	contract	assets	or	contract	liabilities.	Incremental	costs	of	obtaining	a	contract	and	costs	to	fulfil	a	contract	
are	included	within	other	receivables	if	they	are	expected	to	be	recovered.	The	costs	are	amortised	on	a	systematic	basis	consistent	
with	the	expected	pattern	of	the	transfer	of	services	under	the	contract.

Strategic, integration and other non-recurring items 

The	Group	incurs	costs	from	certain	strategic,	integration	and	other	non-recurring	items,	e.g.	acquisition	costs,	compromise	
agreements	and	redundancy	payments.	Management	has	disclosed	these	separately	to	enable	a	greater	understanding	of	the	
underlying	results	of	the	trading	business	so	that	the	underlying	run	rate	of	the	businesses	can	be	established	and	compared	on	
a like-for-like	basis	each	year.

The	policy	of	the	Group	is	to	separately	disclose	the	following:

	➤ Strategic	costs,	e.g.	costs	of	due	diligence	on	acquisitions	which	cannot	be	capitalised	under	IFRS	3	(revised)	and	costs	of	other	

strategic	items	such	as	aborted	due	diligence	costs.

	➤ Integration	costs,	such	as	bonuses,	duplicated	costs,	or	redundancy	and	compromise	payment	costs.
	➤ Non-recurring	items	that	will	impact	the	underlying	profitability	of	the	business.	

Adjusted	EBITDA	is	the	impact	before	interest,	tax,	depreciation	(including	right	of	use	asset	depreciation),	amortisation	and	
impairment	of	intangible	assets,	strategic,	integration	and	other	non-recurring	items	and	the	share-based	payment	charge.
Adjusted	EBITDA	is	a	non-GAAP	measure	and	is	used	as	an	alternative	performance	measure	on	the	basis	that	it	assists	the	reader	
in a	better	understanding	of	the	underlying	profitability	and	cash	generation	of	the	business.	Share	based	payments	are	excluded	
on the	basis	that	they	are	non-cash	charges	and	are	added	back	in	the	net	assets.

Current and deferred income tax 

The	tax	charge	for	the	year	comprises	current	and	deferred	tax.	Tax	is	recognised	in	the	profit	or	loss,	except	to	the	extent	that	it	
relates	to	items	recognised	in	other	comprehensive	income	or	directly	in	equity.	In	this	case,	the	tax	is	also	recognised	in	other	
comprehensive	income	or	directly	in	equity,	respectively.

Current tax
Current	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	measured	at	the	amount	expected	to	be	recovered	from	or	paid	to	the	taxation	authorities,	based	
on	tax	rates	and	laws	that	are	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	by	the	reporting	date.	Taxable	profit	differs	from	loss	as	reported	in	
the	consolidated	statement	of	comprehensive	income	because	of	items	of	income	or	expense	that	are	taxable	or	deductible	in	other	
years	and	items	that	are	never	taxable	or	deductible.

Deferred tax 
Deferred	tax	is	recognised	on	temporary	differences	between	the	carrying	amounts	of	assets	and	liabilities	in	the	financial	statements	
and	the	corresponding	tax	bases	used	in	the	computation	of	taxable	profit.	Deferred	tax	liabilities	are	generally	recognised	for	all	
taxable	temporary	differences.	Deferred	tax	assets	are	generally	recognised	for	all	deductible	temporary	differences	to	the	extent	
that	it	is	probable	that	taxable	profits	will	be	available	against	which	those	deductible	temporary	differences	can	be	utilised.	

A	deferred	tax	liability	is	provided	on	intangible	assets	acquired	as	part	of	a	business	combination.	This	results	in	an	increase	in	
residual	goodwill	by	the	same	amount.	This	liability	has	been	recognised	in	accordance	with	IAS12.	

Deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	measured	at	the	tax	rates	that	are	expected	to	apply	in	the	period	in	which	the	liability	is	settled	
or	the	asset	realised,	based	on	tax	rates	and	laws	that	have	been	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	by	the	end	of	the	financial	year.	
The measurement	of	deferred	tax	liabilities	and	assets	reflects	the	tax	consequences	that	would	follow	from	the	manner	in	which	the	
Group	expects,	at	the	end	of	the	financial	year,	to	recover	or	settle	that	carrying	amount	of	its	assets	and	liabilities.

Intangible assets

(a)	Goodwill

Goodwill	arising	in	a	business	combination	is	recognised	as	an	asset	at	the	date	that	control	is	acquired.	Goodwill	represents	the	
excess	of	the	cost	of	an	acquisition	over	the	fair	value	of	the	Group’s	share	of	the	net	identifiable	assets	of	the	acquired	subsidiary	
at	the	date	of	acquisition.	If,	after	reassessment,	the	Group’s	interest	in	the	fair	value	of	the	acquiree’s	identifiable	net	assets	
exceeds	the	sum	of	the	consideration	transferred,	the	excess	is	recognised	immediately	in	profit	and	loss	as	a	bargain	purchase	
gain.	Goodwill	is	tested	annually	for	impairment	and	carried	at	cost	less	accumulated	impairment	losses.	Any	impairment	is	
charged	to	the	statement	of	comprehensive	income	and	is	not	reversed.	Gains	and	losses	on	the	disposal	of	an	entity	include	the	
carrying	amount	of	goodwill	relating	to	the	entity	sold.	Goodwill	is	allocated	to	cash-generating	units	(“CGUs”)	for	the	purpose	of	
impairment	testing.	The	allocation	is	made	to	those	CGUs	that	are	expected	to	benefit	from	the	business	combination	in	which	the	
goodwill	arose,	identified	according	to	the	operating	segment.

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 2021	
63

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

(b)	Other	intangible	assets	

Other	intangible	assets	are	carried	at	cost	less	accumulated	amortisation	and	impairment	losses.	

An	intangible	asset	acquired	as	part	of	a	business	combination	is	recognised	outside	goodwill	if	the	asset	is	separable	or	arises	
from	contractual	or	other	legal	rights	and	its	fair	value	can	be	measured	reliably.

Expenditure	on	internally	developed	intangible	assets,	excluding	development	costs,	is	taken	to	the	statement	of	comprehensive	
income	in	the	year	in	which	it	is	incurred.	Development	expenditure	is	recognised	as	an	intangible	asset	only	if	all	of	the	following	
conditions	are	met:	an	asset	is	created	that	can	be	identified;	it	is	probable	that	the	asset	created	will	generate	future	economic	
benefits;	it	is	technically	feasible	that	the	asset	can	be	completed	so	that	it	will	be	available	for	use	or	sale	and	there	are	sufficient	
available	resources	to	complete	it;	and	the	development	costs	can	be	measured	reliably.	The	types	of	costs	capitalised	include	
employee	costs	and	subcontractor	costs	directly	associated	with	development	activity.

The	amount	initially	recognised	for	internally	generated	intangible	assets	is	the	sum	of	the	expenditure	incurred	from	the	date	
when	the	intangible	asset	first	meets	the	recognition	criteria	listed	above.	Where	no	internally	generated	intangible	asset	can	
be recognised,	development	expenditure	is	recognised	in	the	statement	of	comprehensive	income	in	the	period	in	which	it	is	
incurred.	Capitalised	development	costs	are	recorded	as	intangible	assets	and	amortised	from	the	point	at	which	the	asset	
is ready	for	use.

Subsequent	to	initial	recognition,	internally	generated	intangible	assets	are	reported	at	cost	less	amortisation	and	accumulated	
impairment	losses.	Internally	generated	intangible	assets	consist	of	development	costs.

Amortisation	is	charged	to	profit	or	loss.	Intangible	assets	with	a	finite	life	are	amortised	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	their	
expected	useful	lives,	as	follows:

Brands

Customer and related contracts

Software and intellectual property

Development costs

Website	costs

Impairment of non-financial assets

5	to	15	years

5	to	15	years

3	to	10	years

2	to	5	years

3 years

Assets	that	have	an	indefinite	useful	life,	for	example	goodwill,	are	not	subject	to	amortisation.	These	are	tested	annually	for	
impairment.	Assets	that	are	subject	to	depreciation	or	amortisation	are	reviewed	for	impairment	whenever	events	or	changes	in	
circumstances	indicate	that	the	carrying	amount	may	not	be	recoverable.	An	impairment	loss	is	recognised	for	the	amount	by	which	
the	asset’s	carrying	amount	exceeds	its	recoverable	amount.	The	recoverable	amount	is	the	higher	of	an	asset’s	fair	value	less	costs	to	
sell	and	value	in	use.	For	the	purposes	of	assessing	impairment,	assets	are	grouped	at	the	lowest	levels	for	which	there	are	separately	
identifiable	cash	flows	(cash-generating	units).	Non-financial	assets	other	than	goodwill	that	suffered	an	impairment	are	reviewed	for	
possible	reversal	of	the	impairment	at	each	reporting	date.

Property, plant and equipment

Property,	plant	and	equipment	are	stated	at	cost	less	accumulated	depreciation	and	impairment	losses.	Cost	includes	the	original	
purchase	price	of	the	asset	and	the	costs	attributable	to	bringing	the	asset	to	its	working	condition	for	its	intended	use.

Depreciation	is	provided	at	rates	calculated	to	write	off	the	cost	or	valuation	of	property,	plant	and	equipment,	less	their	estimated	
residual	value	over	their	expected	useful	lives	on	the	following	basis:

Leasehold	property	improvements

straight line over period of lease

Motor	vehicles

Fixtures,	fittings	and	equipment

Right of use assets

25%	to	33%	per	annum	–	straight	line

20%	to	33%	per	annum	–	straight	line

straight line over period of lease

The	Directors	annually	review	the	residual	value	and	estimated	useful	lives	of	the	property,	plant	and	equipment.	

The	gain	or	loss	arising	on	the	disposal	or	retirement	of	an	asset	is	determined	as	the	difference	between	the	sales	proceeds	and	the	
carrying	amount	of	the	asset	and	is	recognised	in	administrative	expenses.

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
64

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

Leases

IFRS	16	requires	lessees	to	recognise	a	lease	liability	that	reflects	future	lease	payments	and	a	“right-of-use	asset”	in	all	lease	
contracts	within	scope.	IFRS	16	exempts	lessees	in	short-term	leases	or	when	underlying	asset	has	a	low	value.

The	Group	has	elected	to	apply	the	practical	expedient	and	not	to	recognise	right-of-use	assets	and	lease	liabilities	for	leases	with	
low-value	assets	only.	The	lease	payments	associated	with	these	leases	is	recognised	as	an	expense	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	
lease	term.

At	inception	of	a	contract,	the	Group	assesses	whether	a	contract	is,	or	contains,	a	lease	based	on	whether	the	contract	conveys	the	
right	to	control	the	use	of	an	identified	asset	for	a	period	of	time	in	exchange	for	consideration.

The Group has elected to apply the practical expedient to account for each lease component and any non-lease components as 
a single	lease	component.

The	Group	recognises	a	right-of-use	asset	and	a	lease	liability	at	the	lease	commencement	date.
The	lease	liability	is	initially	measured	at	the	present	value	of	the	following	lease	payments:

	➤ Fixed payments
	➤ Variable	payments	that	are	based	on	index	or	rate
	➤ The	exercise	price	of	an	extension	or	purchase	option	if	reasonably	certain	to	be	exercised	
	➤ Payment	of	penalties	for	terminating	the	lease,	if	a	termination	option	is	reasonably	certain	to	be	exercised	

The	lease	payments	are	discounted	using	the	interest	rate	implicit	in	the	lease	or,	if	that	rate	cannot	be	readily	determined,	the	
Group’s	incremental	borrowing	rate.	The	weighted	average	lessee’s	incremental	borrowing	rate	applied	to	the	lease	liabilities	was	
4.2%.

The	right-of-use	asset	is	initially	measured	based	on	the	initial	amount	of	the	lease	liability	adjusted	for	any	lease	payments	made	at	or	
before	the	commencement	date,	plus	any	initial	direct	costs	incurred	and	an	estimate	of	costs	to	dismantle	and	remove	the	underlying	
asset	or	to	restore	the	underlying	asset	or	the	site	on	which	it	is	located,	less	any	lease	incentives	received.	The	assets	are	depreciated	
to	the	earlier	of	the	end	of	the	useful	life	of	the	right-of-use	asset	or	the	lease	term	using	the	straight-line	method.	The	lease	term	
includes	periods	covered	by	an	option	to	extend	if	the	Company	is	reasonably	certain	to	exercise	that	option.	In	addition,	the	right-of-
use	asset	is	periodically	reduced	by	impairment	losses,	if	any,	and	adjusted	for	certain	remeasurements	of	the	lease	liability.

The	lease	liability	is	measured	at	amortized	cost	using	the	effective	interest	method.	It	is	remeasured	when	there	is	a	change	in	future	
lease	payments	arising	from	a	change	in	an	index	or	rate,	if	there	is	a	change	in	the	Company’s	estimate	of	the	amount	expected	to	be	
payable.	A	corresponding	adjustment	is	made	to	the	carrying	amount	of	the	right-of-use	asset,	or	is	recorded	in	profit	or	loss	if	the	
carrying	amount	of	the	right-of-use	asset	has	been	reduced	to	zero.

Extension	and	termination	options	are	in	both	the	UK	and	French	office	building	leases.	These	terms	are	used	to	maximise	operational	
flexibility	in	terms	of	managing	contracts.	In	determining	the	lease	term,	management	considers	all	facts	and	circumstances	that	
create	an	economic	incentive	to	exercise	an	extension	option,	or	not	exercise	a	termination	option.	Extension	options	are	only	
included	in	the	lease	term	if	the	lease	is	reasonably	certain	to	be	extended.	The	assessment	of	whether	the	Group	is	reasonably	
certain	to	exercise	an	extension	option	is	reviewed	if	a	significant	event	or	a	significant	change	in	circumstances	occurs	which	affects	
this	assessment	and	is	within	the	control	of	the	Group.	

Non-current assets or disposal groups classified as held for sale

Non-current	assets	or	disposal	groups	classified	as	held	for	sale	are	measured	at	the	lower	of	carrying	amount	and	fair	value	less	costs	
to	sell.

Non-current	assets	or	disposal	groups	are	classified	as	held	for	sale	if	their	carrying	amount	will	be	recovered	through	a	sale	
transaction	rather	than	through	continuing	use.	The	condition	is	regarded	as	met	only	when	the	sale	is	highly	probable	and	the	asset	
is available	for	immediate	sale	in	its	present	condition.	Management	must	be	committed	to	the	sale	which	should	be	expected	to	
qualify	for	recognition	as	a	completed	sale	within	one	year	from	the	date	of	the	classification.

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 2021Financial assets 

The	Group’s	financial	assets	comprise	‘trade	and	other	receivables’	and	‘cash	and	cash	equivalents’	in	the	statement	of	financial	
position.

(a)	Trade	and	other	receivables

Trade	receivables	are	amounts	due	from	customers	for	services	performed	in	the	ordinary	course	of	business.	If	collection	is	
expected	in	one	year	or	less	they	are	classified	as	current	assets.	If	not,	they	are	presented	as	non-current	assets.

Trade	receivables	are	initially	recognised	at	fair	value	and	subsequently	held	at	amortised	cost,	less	provision	for	impairment.	
Appropriate	allowances	for	estimated	irrecoverable	amounts	are	recognised	in	profit	or	loss.	The	Group	has	utilised	the	simplified	
approach	to	measuring	credit	losses,	using	a	lifetime	expected	loss	allowance	for	all	trade	receivables	and	contract	assets.	When	
a trade	receivable	is	considered	uncollectable,	it	is	written	off	against	the	allowance	account.	Subsequent	recoveries	of	amounts	
previously	written	off	are	credited	against	the	allowance	account.	Changes	in	the	carrying	amount	of	the	allowance	account	are	
recognised	in	profit	or	loss.

(b)	Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	in	the	statement	of	financial	position	comprise	readily	accessible	cash	at	bank	and	in	hand.	Bank	
accounts	held	which	have	an	original	maturity	of	more	than	three	months,	or	which	are	subject	to	significant	restrictions	over	
access,	are	not	presented	as	cash	and	cash	equivalents.	Such	amounts	are	shown	separately	as	short-term	investments	or	other	
financial	assets	with	appropriate	disclosure	of	the	related	terms.

For	the	purpose	of	the	consolidated	statement	of	cash	flows,	cash	and	cash	equivalents	consist	of	cash	and	cash	equivalents	as	
defined	above,	net	of	outstanding	bank	overdrafts.

Financial liabilities

The	Group	classifies	its	financial	liabilities	as	‘trade	and	other	payables’	and	‘borrowings’	according	to	the	substance	of	the	contractual	
arrangements	entered	into.

(a)	Trade	and	other	payables

Trade	and	other	payables	are	obligations	to	pay	for	goods	or	services	that	have	been	acquired	in	the	ordinary	course	of	business	
from	suppliers.	Accounts	payable	are	classified	as	current	liabilities	if	payment	is	due	within	12	months	or	less.	If	not,	they	are	
presented	as	non-current	liabilities.

Trade	and	other	payables	are	recognised	initially	at	fair	value	and	subsequently	measured	at	amortised	cost	using	the	effective	
interest	method.	

(b)	Borrowings

All	borrowings	are	initially	recognised	at	fair	value	less	directly	attributable	transaction	costs.	After	initial	recognition,	borrowings	
are	subsequently	measured	at	amortised	cost;	any	difference	between	the	proceeds	and	the	redemption	value	is	recognised	in	
the	statement	of	comprehensive	income	over	the	period	of	the	borrowings	using	the	effective	interest	method.	Borrowings	are	
classified	as	current	liabilities	unless	the	Group	has	an	unconditional	right	to	defer	settlement	of	a	liability	for	at	least	12	months	
after	the	reporting	date.	

Provisions

Provisions	are	recognised	when	the	Group	has	a	present	obligation	(legal	or	constructive)	as	a	result	of	a	past	event,	it	is	probable	that	
the	Group	will	be	required	to	settle	that	obligation	and	a	reliable	estimate	can	be	made	of	the	amount	of	the	obligation.

The	amount	recognised	as	a	provision	is	the	best	estimate	of	the	consideration	required	to	settle	the	present	obligation	at	the	
statement	of	financial	position	date,	taking	into	account	the	risks	and	uncertainties	surrounding	the	obligation.

(a)	Restructurings

A restructuring provision is recognised when the Group has developed a detailed formal plan for the restructuring and has raised 
a	valid	expectation	in	those	affected	that	it	will	carry	out	the	restructuring	by	starting	to	implement	the	plan	or	announcing	its	
main	features	to	those	affected	by	it.	The	measurement	of	a	restructuring	provision	includes	only	the	direct	expenditures	arising	
from	the	restructuring,	which	are	those	amounts	that	are	both	necessarily	entailed	by	the	restructuring	and	not	associated	with	
the	ongoing	activities	of	the	entity.

65

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
66

2. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

Share capital 

Ordinary	shares	are	classified	as	equity.	Incremental	costs	directly	attributable	to	the	issue	of	new	shares,	share	options	or	share	
warrants	are	shown	in	equity	as	a	deduction,	net	of	tax,	from	the	proceeds.

Employee benefits

(a)	Pensions

The	Group	operates	various	post-employment	schemes,	including	both	defined	benefit	and	defined	contribution	pension	plans.

A	defined	contribution	plan	is	a	pension	plan	under	which	the	Group	pays	fixed	contributions	into	a	separate	entity.	The	Group	has	
no	legal	or	constructive	obligations	to	pay	further	contributions	if	the	fund	does	not	hold	sufficient	assets	to	pay	all	employees	the	
benefits	relating	to	employee	service	in	the	current	and	prior	periods.	A	defined	benefit	plan	is	a	pension	plan	that	is	not	a	defined	
contribution	plan.

The	defined	benefit	plan	defines	an	amount	of	pension	benefit	that	an	employee	will	receive	on	retirement,	dependent	on	factors	
such	as	age,	years	of	service	and	compensation.

The	liability	recognised	in	the	statement	of	financial	position	in	respect	of	defined	benefit	pension	plans	is	the	present	value	of	the	
defined	benefit	obligation	at	the	end	of	the	reporting	period	(there	are	no	plan	assets).	The	defined	benefit	obligation	is	calculated	
annually	by	independent	actuaries	using	the	projected	unit	credit	method.	The	present	value	of	the	defined	benefit	obligation	
is determined	by	discounting	the	estimated	future	cash	outflows	using	interest	rates	of	high-quality	corporate	bonds	that	are	
denominated	in	the	currency	in	which	the	benefits	will	be	paid,	and	that	have	terms	to	maturity	approximating	to	the	terms	of	the	
related	pension	obligation.

Re-measurement gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or 
credited	to	shareholders’	funds	in	other	comprehensive	income	in	the	period	in	which	they	arise.	The	amount	charged	or	credited	
to	finance	costs	is	a	net	interest	amount	calculated	by	applying	the	liability	discount	rate	to	the	net	defined	benefit	liability.	
Past-service	costs	are	recognised	immediately	in	the	statement	of	comprehensive	income.

For	defined	contribution	plans,	the	Group	pays	contributions	to	publicly	or	privately	administered	pension	insurance	plans	on	a	
mandatory,	contractual	or	voluntary	basis.	The	Group	has	no	further	payment	obligations	once	the	contributions	have	been	paid.	
The	contributions	are	recognised	as	employee	benefit	expense	when	they	are	due.	Prepaid	contributions	are	recognised	as	an	
asset	to	the	extent	that	a	cash	refund	or	a	reduction	in	the	future	payments	is	available.

(b)	Share-based	payments

The	Group	operates	a	number	of	equity-settled,	share-based	payment	compensation	plans,	under	which	the	entity	receives	
services	from	employees	as	consideration	for	equity	instruments	(options)	of	the	Group.	The	fair	value	of	the	employee	service	
received	in	exchange	for	the	grant	of	the	options	is	recognised	as	an	expense	over	the	vesting	period.	The	total	amount	to	be	
expensed	over	the	vesting	period	is	determined	by	reference	to	the	fair	value	of	the	options	granted,	including	any	market-based	
performance	conditions	(for	example,	the	Company’s	share	price),	but	excluding	the	impact	of	any	service	and	non-market	
performance	vesting	conditions	(for	example,	profitability	targets).	Non-market	vesting	conditions	are	included	in	assumptions	
about	the	number	of	options	that	are	expected	to	vest.	At	each	reporting	date,	the	entity	revises	its	estimates	of	the	number	of	
options	that	are	expected	to	vest	based	on	the	non-market	vesting	conditions.	It	recognises	the	impact	of	the	revision	to	original	
estimates,	if	any,	in	the	statement	of	comprehensive	income,	a	corresponding	adjustment	to	equity.	

	 Where	options	are	exercised,	the	Company	issues	new	shares.	The	proceeds	received	net	of	any	directly	attributable	transaction	

costs	are	credited	to	share	capital	(nominal	value)	and	share	premium	when	the	options	are	exercised.

If	a	granted	option	is	cancelled	and	regranted	the	increase	in	fair	value	of	the	granted	option	measured	immediately	before	and	
after	the	cancellation	and	regrant	is	added	to	the	value	of	the	employee’s	service	received	in	exchange	for	the	grant.	If	an	option	is	
cancelled	this	is	accounted	for	as	an	acceleration	of	the	vesting	period	and	any	amount	unrecognised	is	recognised	immediately.

(c)	Other
	 Wages,	salaries	and	social	contributions,	paid	annual	leave	and	sick	leave,	bonuses,	and	non-monetary	benefits	are	accrued	in	the	

year	in	which	the	associated	services	are	rendered	by	the	employees	of	the	Group.	

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 2021	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
3. Financial instruments 

Financial assets and financial liabilities

The	Group	holds	the	following	financial	instruments:

Financial assets held at amortised cost 
Trade	and	other	receivables*
Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Financial liabilities (amortised cost)
Bank	borrowings
Trade	and	other	payables**

67

At 31 January
2021
£’000

At 31 January
2020
£’000

9,393
7,278

16,671

3,012
3,773

6,785

8,727
5,108

13,835

1,221
3,758

4,979

excluding	prepayments	and	VAT	and	costs	incurred	to	fulfil	or	obtain	a	contract.

*	
**	 excluding	contract	liabilities	as	there	is	no	obligation	to	pay	cash.	This	also	excludes	statutory	liabilities	such	as	other	taxation	and	social	security.

Financial risk factors 

The	Group’s	activities	expose	it	to	a	variety	of	financial	risks:	foreign	currency	risk,	market	risk	(including	cash	flow	and	fair	value	
interest	rate	risk),	credit	risk,	liquidity	risk	and	capital	risk.

Risk	management	is	carried	out	by	the	finance	team	under	policies	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors.	The	Board	provides	principles	
for	overall	risk	management,	as	well	as	policies	covering	specific	areas,	such	as	interest	rate	risk,	credit	risk,	foreign	exchange	risk	and	
use	of	derivative	financial	instruments	and	non-derivative	financial	instruments.	

(a)	Foreign	currency	risk	

The	Group	operates	internationally	and	is	exposed	to	foreign	exchange	risk	arising	from	various	currency	exposures.	Foreign	
exchange	risk	arises	when	future	commercial	transactions	or	recognised	assets	or	liabilities	are	denominated	in	a	currency	that	is	
not	the	entity’s	functional	currency.	

During	the	year,	the	Group	had	operating	subsidiaries	in	Australia,	the	United	States,	Belgium,	France,	Tunisia	and	Ireland,	whose	
revenues	and	expenses	are	denominated	in	Australian	dollars,	US	dollars,	euros	or	Tunisian	dinars.

The	carrying	amounts	of	the	Group’s	foreign	currency	denominated	monetary	assets	and	monetary	liabilities	at	the	end	of	the	
reporting	year	are	as	follows	(CU	being	Currency	Unit):

Euros
Australian dollars
US	dollars
Canadian dollars
Moroccan	dirham
Tunisian dinar

Monetary assets

At 31 January
2021
£’000

At 31 January
2020
£’000

At 31 January
2021
CU’000

At 31 January
2020
CU’000

2,441
373
1,056
4
158
141

4,173

2,918
223
941
3
82
11

4,178

2,754
668
1,447
7
1,925
523

3,470
437
1,237
5
1,031
41

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

The	following	table	details	the	Group’s	sensitivity	to	a	10%	strengthening	of	the	currency	unit	(CU)	against	sterling.	The	sensitivity	
adjusts	their	translation	at	the	year	end.	10%	represents	management’s	assessment	of	the	reasonably	possible	movement	in	
exchange	rates.

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
68

3. Financial instruments (continued)

Financial risk factors (continued)

Australian dollar  
currency impact

Euro  
currency impact

US dollar  
currency impact

At 31 January
2021
£’000

At 31 January
2020
£’000

At 31 January
2021
£’000

At 31 January
2020
£’000

At 31 January
2021
£’000

At 31 January
2020
£’000

Gain/(loss)
Net	assets/(liabilities)

31
(85)

(17)
92

(45)
570

(11)
(994)

32
414

(58)
(341)

(b)	Cash	flow	and	interest	rate	risk	

The	Group’s	exposure	to	interest	rate	risk	relates	primarily	to	its	bank	loans	in	1Spatial	France	and	Geomap-Imagis	totalling	£3.0m	
at	the	year-end	(2020:	£1.2m).	Bank	loan	interest	is	charged	on	a	fixed	rate	basis	with	interest	rates	ranging	between	0%	and	
3.1%.	Given	the	magnitude	of	the	bank	loans	and	low	interest	rates	that	range	between	0%	and	3.1%,	the	Board	does	not	consider	
it	appropriate	to	hedge	the	interest	rate	risk.

There	is	no	interest	on	trade	and	other	payables	at	31	January	2021	(2020:	nil).

Sensitivity analysis
The	Group	does	not	consider	the	cash	flow	and	fair	value	interest	rate	risk	to	be	significant.	Should	substantial	debt	be	put	in	place	
in the	future	with	variable	interest	rates,	the	Board	will	consider	whether	it	would	be	appropriate	to	hedge	the	cash	flow	and	interest	
rate	risk.	However,	no	such	instrument	has	been	taken	out	in	the	current	or	prior	year.	The	Board	will	continue	to	keep	this	position	
under	review.

Financial assets
Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Financial liabilities
Bank	borrowings

Cash and cash equivalents
Sterling
Euros
Australian dollars
US	dollars
Tunisian dinar
Moroccan	dirham

Bank borrowings
Sterling
Euros
US	dollars

At 31 January
2021
£’000

At 31 January
2020
£’000

7,278

5,108

(3,012)

(1,221)

At 31 January
2021
£’000

At 31 January
2020
£’000

At 31 January
2021
CU’000

At 31 January
2020
CU’000

3,329
2,918
399
469
141
22

7,278

–
3,012
–

3,012

697
3,620
230
514
11
36

5,108

–
1,221
–

1,221

3,329
3,293
715
642
523
271

–
3,399
–

697
4,300
451
676
41
450

–
1,452
–

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	are	placed	upon	deposit	at	the	best	market	rates	available	(subject	to	the	Group’s	credit	risk	policy	below)	
should	an	excess	above	that	required	for	working	capital	be	held.	

Other	financial	assets	comprise	trade	receivables	and	other	receivables	as	detailed	in	note	12.

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 2021	
	
(c)	Credit	risk	

Credit	risk	is	managed	by	the	trading	entities.	Credit	risk	arises	from	exposure	to	outstanding	customer	receivables.	Credit	
checking	is	used;	however,	if	there	is	no	independent	rating,	management	will	assess	the	credit	quality	of	the	customer,	taking	
into account	its	financial	position,	past	experience	and	other	factors.	Individual	risk	limits	are	set	based	on	internal	or	external	
ratings	in	accordance	with	limits	set	by	the	Board.	Credit	risk	also	arises	from	cash	and	cash	equivalents	with	banks	and	
financial institutions.	

The	table	below	shows	the	ageing	of	customer	receivables	at	the	reporting	date	(shown	net	of	provision	for	impairment).	
Refer to note	12	for	further	details.

Current
Up	to	3	months	overdue
3	to	6	months	overdue
6	to	12	months	overdue
>	12	months	overdue

(d)	Liquidity	risk	

2021
£’000

3,537
1,385
145
258
202

5,527

2020
£’000

3,677
982
82
110
93

4,944

Liquidity	is	managed	so	that	sufficient	funds	are	maintained	to	support	the	ongoing	strategic	and	trading	activities	of	the	Group.	
Management	monitors	rolling	forecasts	of	the	Group’s	expected	cash	flow.	The	detailed	forecasting	is	carried	out	at	local	level	
in the	operating	companies	of	the	Group.	This	is	combined	into	a	group	cash	flow	forecast.	

The	table	below	analyses	the	Group’s	financial	liabilities	into	relevant	maturity	groupings	based	on	the	remaining	period	at	the	
statement	of	financial	position	date	to	the	contractual	maturity	date.	The	amounts	disclosed	in	the	table	are	the	contractual	
undiscounted	cash	flows.	Balances	due	within	12	months	equal	their	carrying	balances	as	the	impact	of	discounting	is	not	significant.

At 31 January 2021

Bank	borrowings
Trade	and	other	payables*
Lease	liabilities

At	31	January	2021

Bank	borrowings
Trade	and	other	payables*
Lease	liabilities

Less than one 
year
£’000

Between
one and two 
years
£’000

Between
two and five 
years
£’000

470
4,051
925

5,446

515
–
990

1,505

2,027
–
753

2,780

Less	than	one	
year
£’000

Between
one and two 
years
£’000

Between
two	and	five	
years
£’000

135
3,758
957

4,850

204
–
795

999

882
–
1,545

2,427

*		Excludes	contract	liabilities	as	it	is	not	a	financial	liability	as	there	is	no	obligation	to	pay	cash.	This	also	excludes	statutory	liabilities	such	as	other	taxation	and	social

security.	

69

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
70

3. Financial instruments (continued)

Sensitivity analysis (continued)

(e)	Capital	risk	

The	Group’s	objectives	when	managing	capital	are	to	safeguard	the	Group’s	ability	to	continue	as	a	going	concern	in	order	to	
provide	returns	for	shareholders	and	benefits	for	other	stakeholders	and	to	maintain	an	optimal	capital	structure	to	reduce	the	
cost	of	capital.	

In	order	to	maintain	or	adjust	the	capital	structure,	the	Group	may	issue	new	shares	or	sell	assets/businesses	to	reduce	debt.

The	Group	monitors	capital	on	the	basis	of	the	gearing	ratio.	This	ratio	is	calculated	as	net	funds/(debt)	divided	by	total	capital.	
Net	funds	are	calculated	as	cash	and	cash	equivalents	less	total	borrowings	(including	‘current	and	non-current	borrowings’	as	
shown	in	the	consolidated	statement	of	financial	position	and	excluding	lease	liabilities).	Total	capital	is	calculated	as	‘equity’	
as shown	in	the	consolidated	statement	of	financial	position	plus	net	debt.	

During	the	year	ended	31	January	2021,	the	Group’s	strategy,	which	is	unchanged	from	the	previous	year,	was	to	maintain	the	
gearing	ratio	below	50%	and	this	has	been	maintained.

4. Significant accounting estimates and judgements

Estimates	and	judgements	are	continually	evaluated	and	are	based	on	historical	experience	and	other	factors,	including	expectations	
of	future	events	that	are	believed	to	be	reasonable	under	the	circumstances.	The	Group	makes	estimates	concerning	the	future.	The	
resulting	accounting	estimates	will,	by	definition,	seldom	equal	the	related	actual	results.	The	estimates	and	assumptions	that	have	
a significant	risk	of	causing	a	material	adjustment	to	the	carrying	amounts	of	assets	and	liabilities	within	the	next	financial	year	are	
discussed	below.

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

The	Group	tests	annually	whether	goodwill	has	suffered	any	impairment,	in	accordance	with	the	accounting	policy.	Management	now	
considers	that	it	has	only	one	cash	generating	unit	as	the	business,	including	the	acquired	European	business,	is	managed	under	one	
global	strategy.	The	recoverable	amounts	of	its	cash-generating	unit	has	been	determined	based	on	value	in	use.	Management	has	
also	had	to	make	significant	estimates	when	putting	together	the	budgets	and	projections	and	in	determining	an	appropriate	discount	
rate,	which	are	used	in	the	value	in	use	calculations.	These	calculations	require	the	use	of	estimates	as	further	detailed	in	note	10.

Capitalisation of development expenditure

Management	has	to	make	judgements	as	to	whether	development	expenditure	has	met	the	criteria	for	capitalisation	or	whether	it	
should	be	expensed	in	the	year.	Development	expenditure	is	capitalised	only	after	its	reliable	measurement,	technical	feasibility	and	
commercial	viability	can	be	demonstrated.	In	addition,	estimates	are	made	in	relation	to	the	impairment	of	capitalised	expenditure	
based	on	the	projected	revenues	and	margins	to	be	earned	from	the	related	products.

In	order	to	assess	the	commercial	viability	of	the	development	of	future	solutions,	management	assess	the	potential	market	for	the	
service	and	estimate	the	net	present	value	of	cash	flows	from	the	potential	offering	against	the	cost	of	development.	Only	if	the	return	
on	investment	is	above	a	minimum	level	set	by	the	Board	will	the	development	be	internally	approved	to	proceed.

Other	estimates	and	assumptions	include:

	➤ Revenue	recognition,	namely	allocation	of	consideration	to	different	performance	obligations
	➤ Number	of	share	options	that	will	vest	under	share	options	schemes
	➤ Defined	benefit	pension	scheme	(see	note	18)

These	areas	of	estimates	and	judgements	are	not	considered	significant	on	the	basis	that	judgement	and	estimate	methods	used	have	
not	materially	altered	year	on	year	and	they	have	not	materially	affected	the	reported	numbers.	The	assumptions	used	are	also	not	
considered	to	be	materially	uncertain.	Estimates	and	judgements	are	made	with	reference	to	the	Group’s	accounting	policies	and	
relevant	financial	reporting	standards.	

5. Segmental information 

The	chief	operating	decision-maker	has	been	identified	as	the	Board	of	Directors,	which	makes	the	Group’s	strategic	decisions.	The	
Group	is	now	focused	on	developing	and	selling	repeatable	solutions	and	recurring	term	licences	globally,	with	associated	support	
services.	As	such,	the	Board	considers	that	the	Group	operates	with	only	one	segment	and	one	CGU	under	one	global	strategy	and	
the results	are	accordingly	presented	as	group	results	only.	

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 2021	
	
	
	
71

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

The	following	table	provides	an	analysis	of	the	Group’s	revenue	by	type.

Revenue by type

Term licences
Support	&	maintenance	–	own
Support	&	maintenance	–	third	party

Recurring revenue
Services
Perpetual	licences	–	own
Perpetual	licences	–	third	party

Total revenue

2021  
£’000

1,100
7,800
1,700

10,600
11,100
1,400
1,500

24,600

2020	 
£’000

1,000
7,000
1,600

9,600
10,000
1,400
2,400

23,400

The	Group’s	operations	are	located	in	the	United	Kingdom,	Europe	(Ireland,	France	and	Belgium)	the	United	States,	Tunisia	and	
Australia.	The	following	table	provides	an	analysis	of	the	Group’s	revenue	by	geographical	destination.

Revenue by region

UK
Europe
US
Rest of World

Total revenue

2021
£’000

7,160
11,460
2,908
3,072

24,600

2020
£’000

7,381
11,080
2,250
2,674

23,385

The	Board	assesses	the	performance	of	the	Group	based	on	a	measure	of	adjusted	EBITDA.	Adjusted	EBITDA	is	a	company-specific	
measure	which	is	calculated	as	operating	loss	before	depreciation	(including	right	of	use	asset	depreciation),	amortisation	and	
impairment	of	intangible	assets,	share-based	payment	charge	and	strategic,	integration,	and	other	non-recurring	items	(see	note	7).

The	following	table	provides	an	analysis	of	the	Group’s	revenue	by	country	of	domicile,	split	by	whether	the	revenue	is	recognised	at	a	
point	in	time	or	over	time.

UK/Ireland
At a point in time
Over	time

Europe
At a point in time
Over	time

United States
At a point in time
Over	time

Australia
At a point in time
Over	time

2021
£’000

8,443
1,081
7,362

11,150
1,687
9,463

2,908
987
1,921

2,099
742
1,357

2020
£’000

8,810
1,651
7,159

10,242
2,158
8,084

2,250
864
1,386

2,083
915
1,168

24,600

23,385

As	at	31	January	2021,	costs	to	obtain	and	fulfil	a	contract	of	£197,000	were	included	in	other	receivables	(2020:	£113,000).	
Amortisation	of	costs	to	obtain	and	fulfil	a	contract	for	the	year	ended	31	January	2021	were	£109,000	(2020:	£71,000).	The	Group	
has	no	significant	concentration	risk	with	no	major	customers	representing	more	than	10%	of	Group	revenue.	(2020:	nil).

The	Group	has	significant	contract	balances	(both	assets	and	liabilities),	which	arise	out	of	the	ordinary	course	of	its	operations.	

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
72

5. Segmental information (continued) 

Contract	assets	include	accrued	income,	which	arises	where	chargeable	work	is	performed,	and	the	revenue	is	recognised	based	upon	
satisfaction	of	performance	obligations	in	advance	of	invoicing	the	client.	This	can	arise	because,	particularly	for	some	larger	projects,	
client	invoicing	may	be	in	stages	and	linked	to	project	milestones.	Once	an	invoice	is	raised	then	the	related	accrued	income	will	be	
reduced	by	the	invoiced	amount.	Further	information	can	be	found	in	note	12.

Significant	contract	liabilities	arise	when	a	client	has	been	invoiced	annually	in	advance	(for	example,	for	annual	support	and	
maintenance	contracts)	and	the	revenue	is	recognised	on	a	monthly	basis	over	the	year.	In	that	case,	the	initial	invoiced	amount	is	
fully deferred	and	then	released	to	the	profit	and	loss	over	the	course	of	the	contract.	Further	information	can	be	found	in	note	15.

The	following	table	provides	an	analysis	of	the	Group’s	non-current	assets	by	location.

UK/Ireland
Europe
United	States
Rest of World

Total

6. (a) Operating loss

Operating	loss	is	stated	after	charging:
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other	pension	costs
Share-based	payment	charge

Staff costs including Executive Directors 

Depreciation	of	property,	plant	and	equipment	–	owned	assets
Lease	depreciation
Amortisation	and	impairment	of	intangible	assets
Net	foreign	exchange	(gains)	/	losses
Short term lease payments
Research costs
Government grants credit

Auditors’ remuneration:
Fees	payable	to	the	Company’s	auditors	and	its	associates	for	the	audit	of	the	parent	company	and	
consolidated	financial	statements
Fees	payable	to	the	Company’s	auditors	and	its	associates	for	other	services:
–	The	audit	of	the	Company’s	subsidiaries	
	–	Other	Services

2021
£’000

6,772
8,741
2,755
5

2020
£’000

7,223
8,950
3,007
26

18,273

19,206

2021
£’000

12,177
2,207
941
272

15,597

202
1,106
2,806
(184)
61
2,164
(346)

169

15
16

2020
£’000

11,789
2,034
779
398

15,000

152
878
2,169
22
92
2,004
–

219

5
11

The	conditions	related	to	the	government	grant	credit	(shown	above)	included	spending	the	support	only	on	specifically	allowable	
items	and	ensuring	a	minimum	percentage	was	spent	on	salaries	of	employees.	Where	these	criteria	were	met,	or	there	was	a	
reasonable	assurance	that	the	conditions	would	be	met,	the	grant	was	credited	to	the	profit	and	loss.

6. (b) Average monthly number of personnel employed (including Executive Directors)

Software developers
Consulting
Sales and marketing
Administration
Support
Directors

2021
Number

2020
Number

121
76
40
32
15
2

286

121
75
31
27
12
2

268

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 20216. (c) Directors’ emoluments 

Details	of	individual	Executive	Directors’	remuneration	for	the	year	are	as	follows:

Emolu- 
ments
£’000

Pension 
contributions
£’000

Total
2021
£’000

Employer’s 
Social 
Security 
Costs 
£’000

Total
2021
£’000

Emolu- 
ments
£’000

Pension	
contributions
£’000

Total
2020
£’000

Employer’s 
Social 
Security 
Costs 
£’000

Total
2020
£’000

C	Milverton
A	Fabian	
(appointed	
16/06/20)
N	Payne	
(resigned	
16/06/20)

253

119

102

474

22

275

28

303

222

21

243

35

278

–

119

14

133

–

3

25

105

499

12

54

117

553

98

320

–

7

28

–

105

348

–

14

49

–

119

397

Discretionary	bonuses	for	business	performance	of	£30,000	for	C	Milverton	and	£12,000	for	A	Fabian	are	included	in	directors’	
emoluments	above	for	the	year	ended	31	January	2021	(2020:	Nil).	Benefits	in	kind	includes	car	allowances,	private	health	care,	and	
life	assurance	are	included	in	emoluments.	

No	Directors	were	accruing	benefits	under	a	defined	benefit	pension	scheme	at	the	end	of	the	current	or	prior	year	and	no	Directors	
exercised	share	options	in	either	the	current	or	prior	year.	The	highest	paid	director	in	the	current	year	was	C	Milverton	(2020:	
C Milverton).	

Details	of	options	for	Directors	who	served	during	the	year	are	as	follows:

1	February	
2020

Granted

Lapsed

31 January
2021

EMI	share	
option

Executive 
unapproved 
share 
option

Exercise 
price 

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number	

 pence

C	Milverton
C	Milverton
C	Milverton
A	Fabian	(appointed	16	June	2020)
A	Fabian	(appointed	16	June	2020)
N	Payne	(resigned	16	June	2020)
N	Payne	(resigned	16	June	2020)

659,368
769,793
–
–
–
118,548
107,967

650,000
– 
25,000
330,000
25,000
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
(118,548)
(107,967)

1,309,368
769,793
25,000
330,000
25,000
–
–

537,632
–
–
–
–
–
–

771,736
769,793
25,000
330,000
25,000
–
–

0p
46.5p
26.5p
0p
26.5p
0p
46.5p

1,655,676

1,030,000

(226,515)

2,459,161

537,632

1,921,529

Details	of	the	share	option	schemes	in	the	table	above	are	included	in	note	22.	The	share	option	charge	in	the	year	relating	to	
Directors	is	£38,000	(2019:	£130,000).	No	directors	exercised	any	options	during	the	year.

Details	of	individual	Non-Executive	Directors’	fees	for	the	year	are	as	follows:	

A	Roberts
F Small
P	Massey

2021
£’000

79
41
41

161

2020
£’000

91
41
41

173

There	are	no	other	personnel	that	meet	the	definition	of	key	management	personnel	under	IAS	24,	other	than	the	Directors	and	the	
total	remuneration	for	the	year	ended	31	January	2021	totalled	£698,000	(2020:	£651,000)	comprising	£635,000	(2020:	£493,000)	
for	short-term	employee	benefits;	£25,000	(2020:	£28,000)	for	employer	pension	contributions	and	£38,000	(2020:	£130,000)	for	
share-based	payments.

73

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
 
74

7. Strategic, integration and other non-recurring items

In	accordance	with	the	Group’s	policy	for	strategic,	integration	and	other	non-recurring	items,	the	following	charges	were	included	
in this	category	for	the	year:

Costs	associated	with	the	acquisition	and	integration	of	Geomap-Imagis	
Net	credits	associated	with	the	disposal	of	Enables	IT	

Total 

2021
£’000

555
(63)

492

2020
£’000

1,198
(31)

1,167

Costs	of	£0.6m	in	relation	to	the	acquisition	and	integration	of	the	Geomap-Imagis	acquisition	comprise	professional	fees	associated	
with	integrating	the	operations,	costs	of	legal	and	operational	merger	activities	and	redundancies	as	part	of	the	restructuring.	

The	Group	also	received	£63,000	further	receipts	related	to	the	disposal	of	Enables	IT	in	a	prior	year.	

8. Finance income and costs

Finance income

Bank	interest	receivable

Finance costs
Interest expense
	–	Bank	borrowings
	–	Bank	charges
	–	Interest	cost	on	defined	benefit	pension	obligation
Lease	interest
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany funding

Net finance cost

9. Income tax credit

Current tax
UK	corporation	tax	on	income	for	year
Foreign tax
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total current tax

Deferred tax (note19)
Origination	and	reversal	in	temporary	differences
Effect	of	tax	rate	change	on	opening	balance
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total deferred tax

Total tax credit

2021
£’000

39

39

(48)
(56)
(7)
(114)
(1)

(226)

(187)

2020
£’000

40

40

(45)
(24)
(16)
(116)
(34)

(235)

(195)

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

(187)
73
(268)

(382)

(111)
11
174

74

(212)
(6)
48

(170)

(78)
–
–

(78)

(308)

(248)

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 2021Factors affecting the tax credit for the year
The	tax	credit	for	the	year	is	higher	(2020:	lower)	than	the	standard	rate	of	corporation	tax	in	the	UK.	The	differences	are	explained	
below:

Loss	on	ordinary	activities	before	tax	

Loss	on	ordinary	activities	before	tax	multiplied	by	the	effective	rate	of	corporation	tax	in	the	UK	of	
19%	(2020:	19%)
Effect of:
Expenses	not	deductible	for	tax	purposes
Adjustment in respect of R&D tax credits
Effect of movement in deferred tax rate
Utilisation	of	losses	not	previously	recognised	for	tax	purposes
Deferred tax not recognised on losses carried forward
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Differences	in	tax	rates	applicable	to	overseas	subsidiaries

Total credit for year

2021
£’000

(1,433)

(1,433)

(272)

22
(191)
27
(170)
440
(94)
(70)

(308)

2020
£’000

(1,733)

(1,733)

(330)

157
(153)
(80)
(19)
20
34
123

(248)

The	relevant	deferred	tax	balances	have	been	measured	at	19%	for	the	current	year-end,	being	the	tax	rate	enacted	by	the	reporting	
date	(2020:	17%).	

In	the	Spring	Budget	2021,	the	Government	announced	that	from	1	April	2023	the	corporation	tax	rate	would	increase	to	25%.	As	
the proposal	to	change	the	rate	had	not	been	substantively	enacted	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	its	effects	are	not	included	in	these	
financial	statements.	However,	it	is	likely	that	the	overall	effect	of	the	change,	had	it	been	substantively	enacted	by	the	balance	sheet	
date,	would	be	to	increase	the	deferred	tax	charge	for	the	period	of	£71,500	and	to	increase	the	deferred	tax	liability	by	£71,500.

10. Intangible assets including goodwill

Customers 
and
related 
contracts
£’000

Goodwill
£’000

Brands
£’000

Software
£’000

Development
costs
£’000

Website 
costs
£’000

Intellectual 
property
£’000

Cost 
At	1	February	2020
Additions 
Written-off
Effect of foreign exchange

At 31 January 2021

Accumulated impairment 
and amortisation 
At	1	February	2020
Amortisation
Written-off
Effect of foreign exchange

At 31 January 2021

Net book amount at 
31 January 2021

17,291
–
–
156

17,447

11,363
–
–
185

11,548

452
–
–
12

464

204
47
–
1

252

4,579
–
–
185

4,764

3,113
422
–
106

3,641

6,487
75
–
195

6,757

4,185
445
–
66

4,696

16,932
2,039
–
314

19,285

11,374
1,889
–
191

13,454

5,899

212

1,123

2,061

5,831

30
–
(30)
–

–

30
–
(30)
–

–

–

66
6

–

72

8
3
–
–

11

61

Total
£’000

45,837
2,120
(30)
862

48,789

30,277
2,806
(30)
549

33,602

15,187

The	net	book	amount	of	development	costs	includes	£5,831,000	(2020:	£5,558,000)	internally	generated	capitalised	software	
development	costs	that	meet	the	definition	of	an	intangible	asset.	The	amortisation	charge	of	£2,806,000	(2020:	£2,058,000)	is	
included	in	the	administrative	expenses	in	the	statement	of	comprehensive	income.

75

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
76

10. Intangible assets including goodwill	(continued)

The	key	assumptions	used	in	the	value	in	use	calculations	were	the	pre-tax	discounts	rate	applied	(13%)	and	growth	assumptions.	
Sales	forecasts	and	their	corresponding	costs	for	the	Group	in	relation	to	the	business	applications	for	the	five-year	period	ending	
31	January	2026	are	likely	to	increase	by	12%	p.a.	overall.	No	impairment	is	required	as	no	individual	asset	has	a	higher	carrying	value	
than	its	value	in	use.

Customers 
and
related 
contracts
£’000

Goodwill
£’000

Brands
£’000

Software
£’000

Development
costs
£’000

Website	
costs
£’000

Intellectual 
property
£’000

Cost 
At	1	February	2019
Arising	on	acquisition
Additions 
Effect of foreign exchange

At 31 January 2020

Accumulated impairment and 
amortisation 
At	1	February	2019
Amortisation
Impairment
Effect of foreign exchange

At 31 January 2020

Net book amount at 
31 January 2020

16,161
1,338
–
(208)

17,291

11,533
–
–
(170)

11,363

232
226
–
(6)

452

165
40
–
(1)

204

2,843
1,847
–
(111)

4,579

2,754
433
–
(74)

3,113

4,421
2,164
–
(98)

6,487

3,850
385
–
(50)

4,185

15,012
–
2,188
(268)

16,932

10,232
1,197
111
(166)

11,374

5,928

248

1,466

2,302

5,558

30
–
–
–

30

30
–
–
–

30

–

Total
£’000

38,765
5,575
2,188
(691)

45,837

28,571
2,058
111
(463)

30,277

66
–
–
–

66

7
3
–
(2)

8

58

15,560

Impairment tests for goodwill 

Goodwill	is	assessed	for	the	Group	as	a	whole	as	the	Group	operates	with	one	segment	and	one	CGU.	The	Group	has	moved	from	two	
CGUs	to	one	as	the	Group	now	manages	its	operations	under	one	global	strategy	and	the	European	acquisition	is	now	fully	integrated	
into	the	business.	All	aspects	of	the	business	are	focusing	now	on	growing	recurring	revenue	of	repeatable	solutions	using	technology	
that	will	be	deployed	globally	under	a	single	strategy.	Products	developed	by	regional	development	teams	are	marketed	globally.	

Goodwill

Opening	carrying	value
Arising	on	acquisition
Effect of foreign exchange

Closing carrying value

2021
Total
£’000

5,928
–
(29)

5,899

2020
Total
£’000

4,628
1,338
(38)

5,928

Basis	for	calculation	of	recoverable	amount
The	Group	has	prepared,	and	formally	approved,	a	five-year	plan	for	its	CGU	(based	on	a	formal	3-year	plan	extended	for	two	more	
projected	years).	The	detailed	plan	put	together	by	the	management	team	and	the	Board	makes	estimates	for	revenue	and	gross	
profit	expectations.	This	is	from	both	contracted	and	pipeline	revenue	streams.	It	also	takes	account	of	historical	success	of	winning	
new	work	and	has	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	IAS	36,	‘Impairment	of	Assets’.	

The	key	assumptions	used	in	the	value	in	use	calculations	were	the	pre-tax	discount	rates	applied	(13%)	and	the	growth	assumptions.	
Growth	in	sales	and	corresponding	costs	for	the	five-year	period	has	been	forecast	at	12%	and	6%	per	annum	respectively.	

The	rates	used	in	the	above	assumptions	are	consistent	with	management’s	knowledge	of	the	industry	and	strategic	plans	going	
forward.	The	assumptions	noted	above	have	been	given	in	terms	of	revenue	and	overhead	percentage	growth.	For	2022	and	
subsequent	years,	the	assumption	has	been	provided	in	terms	of	growth	on	the	prior	year	EBITDA.	The	terminal	growth	rate	of	2%	
does	not	exceed	the	long-term	growth	rate	for	the	business	in	which	the	CGUs	operate.	The	discount	rate	used	is	pre-tax	and	reflect	
specific	risks	relating	to	the	Group.	The	forecasts	are	most	sensitive	to	changes	in	revenue	and	overhead	assumptions	(taken	together	
as	the	EBITDA).	However,	there	are	no	major	changes	to	the	key	assumptions	which	would	cause	the	goodwill	to	be	impaired.

There	would	have	to	be	a	reduction	in	forecast	EBITDA	by	24%	in	the	year	ending	31	January	2022	for	the	headroom	to	be	removed.

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 202111. Property, plant and equipment

Cost

At 1 February 2020
Additions
Disposal
Exchange adjustment

At 31 January 2021

Accumulated depreciation 
At	1	February	2020
Charge for the year
Disposal
Exchange adjustment

At 31 January 2021

Net book amount at 31 January 2021

Cost

At 1 February 2019
Arising	on	acquisition
Additions
Disposal
Exchange adjustment

At 31 January 2020

Accumulated depreciation 
At	1	February	2019
Charge for the year
Disposal
Exchange adjustment

At 31 January 2020

Net book amount at 31 January 2020

Leasehold 
property 
improvements
£’000

Motor	
vehicles
£’000

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment
£’000

267

392

Leasehold 
property 
improvements
£’000

Motor 
vehicles
£’000

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment
£’000

Total
£’000

1,615
192
(319)
14

1,502

1,241
202
(319)
(14)

1,110

Total
£’000

1,431
147
98
(33)
(28)

1,615

1,146
152
(33)
(24)

1,241

1,222
164
(272)
(10)

1,104

1,002
134
(272)
(27)

837

1,058
109
98
(33)
(10)

1,222

932
112
(33)
(9)

1,002

383
28
(36)
23

398

229
68
(36)
12

273

125

10
–
(11)
1

–

10
–
(11)
1

–

–

362
38
–
–
(17)

383

203
40
–
(14)

229

154

11
–
–
–
(1)

10

11
–
–
(1)

10

–

Depreciation	expense	of	£202,000	(2020:	£152,000)	has	been	charged	in	administrative	expenses.

220

374

77

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
78

12. Trade and other receivables

Current

Trade	receivables
Less:	provision	for	impairment	of	trade	receivables

Other	receivables
Prepayments	and	accrued	income

Below	is	a	reconciliation	of	the	movement	in	accrued	income:

At	1	February	2020
Accrued revenue invoiced in the year
Revenue accrued in the year
Foreign exchange difference 

At 31 January 2021

2021
£’000

5,607
(80)

5,527
1,497
3,866

10,890

2020
£’000

5,012
(68)

4,944
1,431
3,555

9,930

Total
£’000

2,613
(2,613)
2,847
103

2,950

The	fair	value	of	the	Group’s	trade	receivables	and	other	receivables	is	the	same	as	its	book	value	stated	above.	No	interest	is	charged	
on	overdue	receivables.	

At	31	January	2021,	trade	receivables	of	£3,541,000	(2020:	£3,681,000)	were	fully	performing.	Before	accepting	any	new	customer,	
the	Group	assesses	the	potential	customer’s	credit	quality	and	defines	credit	limits	by	customer.	

The	Group	applies	the	IFRS	9	simplified	approach	to	measuring	expected	credit	losses	using	a	lifetime	expected	credit	loss	provision	
for	trade	receivables	and	contract	assets.	To	measure	expected	credit	losses	on	a	collective	basis,	trade	receivables	and	contract	
assets	are	grouped	based	on	similar	credit	risk	and	aging.	The	contract	assets	have	similar	risk	characteristics	to	the	trade	receivables	
for	similar	types	of	contracts.	The	expected	credit	losses	are	based	on	the	Group’s	historical	credit	losses	which	are	then	adjusted	
for current	and	forward-looking	information	on	macroeconomic	factors	affecting	the	Group’s	customers.	The	Group	has	identified	
gross	domestic	growth	rates,	unemployment	rates	and	inflation	rates	as	the	key	macroeconomic	factors	in	the	countries	in	which	
the Group	operates.

At	31	January	2021,	trade	receivables	of	£1,986,000	(2020:	£1,262,000)	were	past	due	but	not	impaired.	The	ageing	analysis	of	these	
customers	is	set	out	below.	There	has	been	no	change	in	the	credit	quality	of	these	balances;	they	relate	to	customers	where	there	
is no	history	of	default	and	are	still	considered	fully	recoverable.	

The	ageing	of	these	receivables	is	as	follows:

Current
Up	to	3	months	overdue
3	to	6	months	overdue
6	to	12	months	overdue
>	12	months	overdue

Current
Up	to	3	months	overdue
3	to	6	months	overdue
6	to	12	months	overdue	
>	12	months

Weighted 
average loss 
rate

Impairment 
loss 
allowance
£’000

0.1%
0.5%
2.5%
5.0%
20.0%

4
7
4
14
51

80

Weighted 
average loss 
rate

Impairment 
loss 
allowance
£’000

0.1%
1.5%
5.0%
10.0%
25.0%

4
15
5
13
31

68

2021
£’000

3,541
1,392
149
272
253

5,607

2020
£’000

3,681
997
87
123
124

5,012

As	of	31	January	2021,	trade	receivables	of	£80,000	were	impaired	(2020:	£68,000)	and	provided	for.

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 2021The	trade	receivables	above	include	performance	retentions	on	long-term	contracts.

Movements	on	the	Group	provision	for	impairment	of	trade	receivables	are	as	follows:

At	1	February	
Created	on	acquisition
Increase in provision

At 31 January

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

68
–
12

80

13
55
–

68

The	other	classes	within	trade	and	other	receivables	do	not	contain	impaired	assets	and	the	Group	expects	to	recover	these	in	full.	
There	are	no	financial	assets	whose	terms	have	been	renegotiated	that	would	otherwise	be	past	due	or	impaired.

The	maximum	exposure	to	credit	risk	at	the	reporting	date	is	the	carrying	value	of	each	class	of	receivable	noted	above.	The	Group	
does	not	hold	any	collateral	as	security.	

13. Cash and cash equivalents and notes to the consolidated statement of cash flows

Cash	at	bank	and	in	hand

The	fair	value	of	the	Group’s	cash	and	cash	equivalents	is	the	same	as	its	book	value	stated	above.	

Notes to the consolidated statement of cash flows

(a)	Cash	generated	from	operations

Note

22

Loss	before	tax	
Adjustments for:
Finance income
Finance cost
Depreciation
Amortisation	of	acquired	intangibles
Amortisation and impairment of development costs
Share-based	payment	charge
Net foreign exchange movement
Increase	in	trade	and	other	receivables
Increase	in	trade	and	other	payables
Increase	in	defined	benefit	pension	obligation

Cash generated from operations

Cash	generated	from	operations	before	strategic,	integration	and	other	non-
recurring items
Cash	flow	on	strategic,	integration	and	other	non-recurring	items

Cash generated from operations

2021
£’000

7,278

7,278

2020
£’000

5,108

5,108

2021
£’000

(1,433)

(39)
226
1,308
917
1,889
272
(34)
(655)
1,446
86

3,983

2021
£’000

4,156
(173)

3,983

2020
£’000

(1,733)

(40)
184
1,030
861
1,308
398
167
(2,377)
702
72

572

2020
£’000

1,861
(1,289)

572

79

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
 
80

13. Cash and cash equivalents and notes to the consolidated statement of cash flows 
(continued)

Notes to the consolidated statement of cash flows (continued)

(b)	Reconciliation	of	net	cash	flow	to	movement	in	net	funds

Increase/(Decrease)	in	cash	in	the	year

Changes resulting from cash flows
Net	cash	inflow	in	respect	of	new	borrowings
Change	in	net	funds	due	to	borrowings	acquired
Net	cash	outflow	in	respect	of	borrowings	repaid
Effect of foreign exchange

Change in net funds
Net	funds	at	beginning	of	year

Net funds at end of year

Analysis of net funds
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	classified	as:
Current assets
Bank loans

Net funds at end of year

Net	funds	is	defined	as	cash	and	cash	equivalents	net	of	bank	loans.	

(c)	Reconciliation	of	movement	in	liabilities	from	financing	activities	

Total debt (including lease liabilities) as at 2020 

Borrowings at 2020
New	borrowings	in	the	year
Repayment	of	borrowings
Foreign exchange difference

Borrowings before transfer
Transfer from due after 1 year to due within 1 year

Borrowings as at 2021

Lease liability at 2020
Cash	movements:
Lease	payments
Rent concession
Non-cash	movements:
Additions in the year
Interest cost
Foreign exchange difference

Lease liability before transfer
Transfer from due after one year to due within one year 

Lease liability as at 2021

Bank 
borrowings	
and leases 
due within 
1 year
£’000

1,092

135
–
(146)
11

–
470

470

957

(1,183)
(88)

–
114
200

–
925

925

2021
£’000

1,976

1,976
(1,800)
–
146
57

379
3,887

4,266

7,278
(3,012)

4,266

Bank 
borrowings	
and leases 
due after 
1 year
£’000

3,426

1,086
1,800
–
126

3,012
(470)

2,542

2020
£’000

(1,178)

(1,178)
(672)
(731)
133
(23)

(2,471)
6,358

3,887

5,108
(1,221)

3,887

Total
£’000

4,518

1,221
1,800
(146)
137

3,012
–

3,012

2,340

3,297

–
–

586
–
(258)

2,668
(925)

1,743

(1,183)
(88)

586
114
(58)

2,668
–

2,668

Total debt (including lease liabilities) as at 2021

1,395

4,285

5,680

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 2021	
81

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

14. Bank borrowings

Current	bank	borrowings
Non-current	bank	borrowings

2021
£’000

470
2,542

3,012

2020
£’000

135
1,086

1,221

Bank	borrowings	relate	to	bank	loans	1Spatial	France	and	Geomap-Imagis	totalling.	Bank	loan	interest	is	charged	on	a	fixed	rate	basis	
with	interest	rates	ranging	between	0%	and	3.1%,	included	the	related	guarantee	costs.

The	loans	are	due	for	repayment	over	a	five-year	period,	with	a	broadly	even	repayment	pattern	with	approximately	€0.5m	(£0.4m)	
due	for	repayment	in	FY	2022.	New	borrowings	in	the	year	amounted	to	£1.8m.	There	are	no	financial	covenants	attached	to	the	
loans,	nor	is	there	any	security	applied.	All	loans	are	denominated	in	€.	

15. Trade and other payables

Current

Trade	payables
Other	taxation	and	social	security
Other	payables
Accrued	liabilities
Deferred income

2021
£’000

1,736
3,496
852
1,464
5,870

2020
£’000

2,143
2,477
996
905
4,918

13,418

11,439

The	Directors	consider	that	the	book	value	of	trade	payables,	taxation,	other	payables,	accrued	liabilities	and	deferred	income	
approximates	to	their	fair	value	at	the	reporting	date.

Below	is	a	reconciliation	of	the	movement	in	deferred	income:

At	2020
Revenue recognised in the year
Revenue deferred at year end
Foreign exchange difference

At 2021

16. Leases 

Right of use assets

At	2020
Additions during the year
Depreciation
Foreign exchange difference

Buildings
Cars
Others

Total
£’000

4,918
(4,918)
5,719
151

5,870

Total
£’000

3,272
598
(1,106)
(70)

2,694

2020
£’000

3,004
221
47

3,272

2021
£’000

2,428
216
50

2,694

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
82

16. Leases (continued) 

Lease liabilities

At	2020
Additions during the year
Rent concession
Interest cost
Cash paid
Foreign exchange difference

At 2021

Current
Non-current

Amounts	recognised	in	profit	or	loss:

Depreciation charge of right of use assets

Buildings
Cars
Others

Total
£’000

3,297
586
(88)
114
(1,183)
(58)

2,668

2020
£’000

957
2,340

3,297

2020
£’000

759
92
27

878

2021
£’000

925
1,743

2,668

2021
£’000

970
104
32

1,106

The	Group	has	elected	to	utilise	the	practical	expedient	for	all	rent	concessions	that	met	the	criteria	under	the	amendment	to	IFRS	16	
(Covid-19-Related	Rent	Concessions).	The	effect	of	applying	the	practical	expedient	was	a	credit	to	administrative	expenses	of	£88k	
(2020:	nil).	

17. Business combinations

On	7	May	2019,	the	Company	entered	into	two	share	purchase	agreements	(each	a	“SPA”)	to	acquire	the	entire	issued	share	capital	
of Geomap-Imagis	Participations	(“Geomap-Imagis”)	(the	“Acquisition”),	for	a	total	consideration	of	€7.0m	(the	“Consideration”).	
Full details	of	the	acquisition	were	provided	in	the	Annual	Report	for	the	year	ended	31	January	2020.	No	changes	were	made	in	the	
year	ended	31	January	2021	to	the	previously	reported	fair	values	and	resulting	goodwill.

During	the	year,	further	costs	were	incurred	associated	with	the	acquisition	and	integration	of	the	Geomap-Imagis	Group	amounting	
to	£0.5m	as	disclosed	in	note	7.

In	June	2020,	1Spatial	France	paid	the	deferred	consideration	of	€0.7m	(£585,000)	of	the	cash	consideration	which	had	been	held	
in escrow	until	the	first	anniversary	of	Completion.	

As	at	31	January	2021,	a	balance	of	€440,540	(£390,000)	Consideration	Shares	remained	outstanding	to	be	satisfied	on	
30	March 2023.	

As	disclosed	in	note	28,	Post	Balance	Sheet	Events,	the	terms	of	the	Share	Purchase	agreement	were	amended.	

18. Pension obligations

Defined benefit pension

1Spatial	France	SAS,	Geomap-Imagis	SAS	and	Geomap-Imagis	Participations	SAS	operate	defined	benefit	pension	schemes.	
The French	pension	system	is	operated	on	a	“pay	as	you	go”	basis.	Each	employee	is	entitled	to	receive	a	basic	pension	from	the	
Social Security	plus	a	complementary	pension	from	the	defined	contribution	schemes	ARRCO	and	AGIRC	(AGIRC	being	solely	for	
management).	The	lump	sum	retirement	allowance	must	by	law	be	paid	by	the	employer	when	an	employee	retires.	The	allowances	
to be	paid	to	1Spatial	France’s	employees	are	defined	by	the	Collective	Bargaining	Agreement	of	the	R&D,	IT	and	consulting	firms	
(“Syntec”).

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 202183

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

The	lump	sum	allowances	to	be	paid	on	retirement	are	calculated	as	follows:

	➤ For	service	up	to	5	years:	
	➤ For	service	beyond	5	years:		

nil

1	month’s	basic	salary	plus	1/5	of	a	month’s	basic	salary	per	year	of	service	beyond	5	years

All	permanent	employees	are	covered	by	this	scheme.	The	normal	retirement	age	in	France	is	62	(62	in	2020).	Benefit	rights	do	not	
vest	before	the	normal	retirement	age.

The	scheme	is	not	externally	funded	through	an	insurance	contract.

The	risks	of	the	scheme	are	as	follows:

(a)	Changes	in	bond	yields

A	decrease	in	corporate	bond	yields	will	increase	plan	liabilities.

(b)	Life	expectancy

Should	the	normal	retirement	age	of	62	increase	due	to	life	expectancy	increases,	this	will	result	in	an	increase	in	the	
plan’s liabilities.

(c)	Inflation	risk

The	pension	obligations	are	linked	to	inflation,	and	higher	inflation	will	lead	to	higher	liabilities.

A	comprehensive	actuarial	valuation	of	the	Company	pension	scheme,	using	the	projected	unit	basis,	was	carried	out	at	31	January	
2021	and	31	January	2020	by	independent	consulting	actuaries.	The	valuations	at	those	dates	are	based	on	the	following	
assumptions:

Expected rate of salary increases
Discount rate
Rate	of	inflation
Retirement	age	–	management
Retirement	age	–	others

Annual	staff	turnover	rates	are	as	follows:

16	–	24	years
25	–	29	years
30	–	34	years
35	–	39	years
40	–	44	years
45	–	49	years
50	years	and	above

2021

2.00%
0.4%
1.70%
65
63

2020

2.00%
0.5%
2.00%
65
63

2021

2020

20%
15%
10%
7%
5%
2%
0%

20%
15%
10%
7%
5%
2%
0%

The	turnover	rates	used	are	based	on	statistics	over	the	last	few	years.	These	rates	project	3.60	(2020:	3.50)	resignations	over	the	
next	12	months.

Reconciliation	of	scheme	liabilities:

At	1	February

Acquired	in	the	year
Current service cost
Interest expense
Re-measurement	(losses)/gains
Exchange difference

At 31 January

2021
£’000

(1,417)

–
(86)
(7)
(20)
(76)

2020
£’000

(677)

(751)
(72)
(16)
54
45

(1,606)

(1,417)

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
84

18. Pension obligations (continued)

Defined benefit pension (continued)

The	sensitivity	of	the	defined	benefit	obligation	to	changes	in	the	principal	assumption	is:

2021

Discount rate

2020

Discount rate

Impact on defined benefit obligation

Change in assumption

Increase in assumption

Decrease in assumption

0.25%

Decrease of 2.9%

Increase of 2.9%

Impact	on	defined	benefit	obligation

Change in assumption

Increase in assumption

Decrease in assumption

0.25%

Decrease of 3.1%

Increase of 3.0%

Total	cost	recognised	as	an	expense:

Current	service	cost	–	within	administrative	expenses
Interest	cost	–	within	finance	costs

The	amount	recognised	in	other	comprehensive	income	is:

Re-measurement	(losses)/gains
Deferred tax on re-measurements

2021
£’000

86
7

93

2021
£’000

(20)
5

(15)

2020
£’000

72
16

88

2020
£’000

54
(14)

40

Based	on	the	demographic	data	and	assumptions	at	31	January	2021,	a	valuation	was	performed	of	the	benefit	expense	for	the	
financial	year	ending	31	January	2022	and	the	projections	were	as	follows:

Current services cost

Total service cost

Interest cost

Total	net	interest	on	defined	benefit	(liability)/asset

Total Defined Benefit cost for the year ending 31 January 2022

The	expected	benefit	payments	over	the	next	10	years	are	shown	below:

FY22
FY23
FY24
FY25
FY26
FY27-FY31

£’000

(89)

(89)

(6)

(6)

(95)

£’000

25
–
53
136
195
707

Defined contribution pension

The	Group	operates	several	defined	contribution	plans,	which	receive	fixed	contributions	from	group	companies.	The	Group’s	legal	
or constructive	obligation	for	these	plans	is	limited	to	the	contributions.	The	expense	recognised	in	the	current	year	in	relation	to	all	
pension	costs	was	£941,000	(2020:	£779,000).	

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 202119. Deferred tax 

The	following	are	the	major	deferred	tax	liabilities	and	(assets)	recognised	by	the	Group	and	movements	thereon	during	the	current	
year	and	prior	reporting	years.

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation
£’000

Tax losses
£’000

Intangibles
£’000

Other 
temporary 
differences
£’000

At 1 February 2019
Acquired	in	the	year
Deferred	tax	(credit)/charge	for	year	in	profit	or	loss
DT	charge/(credit)	OCI
Foreign exchange difference

At 31 January 2020
Deferred	tax	(credit)/charge	for	year	in	profit	or	loss
DT	charge/(credit)	OCI
Foreign exchange difference

At 31 January 2021

(405)
(310)
100
–
–

(615)
53
–
–

(562)

22
–
(22)
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

586
1,059
(149)
–
(20)

1,476
(121)
–
–

1,355

(11)
(188)
(7)
23
1

(182)
142
5
18

(17)

Total
£’000

192
561
(78)
23
(19)

679
74
5
18

776

Deferred	income	tax	assets	are	recognised	against	tax	loss	carry-forwards	to	the	extent	that	the	realisation	of	the	related	tax	benefit	
through	future	taxable	benefits	is	probable.	The	Group	did	not	recognise	potential	deferred	tax	assets	of	£4,018,000	(2020:	
£3,859,000)	in	respect	of	losses	amounting	to	£18,029,000	(2020:	£18,442,000)	that	can	be	carried	forward	against	future	taxable	
income,	on	the	grounds	that	at	the	balance	sheet	date	their	utilisation	is	not	considered	probable.

The	deferred	tax	balance	is	analysed	as	follows:

Recoverable	within	12	months
Recoverable	after	12	months
Settled	within	12	months
Settled	after	12	months

Deferred tax
asset
£’000

Deferred tax 
liability
£’000

–
–
(85)
(494)

(579)

356
999
–
–

1,355

Total
£’000

356
999
(85)
(494)

776

20. Share capital, share premium account and own shares held

Allotted and fully paid

Ordinary	shares	of	10p	each
Deferred	shares	of	4p	each

Rights of shares

2021
Number

2020
Number

110,805,795
226,699,878

110,805,795
226,699,878

Ordinary	shares
The	ordinary	shares	all	rank	pari	passu,	have	the	right	to	participate	in	dividends	and	other	distributions	made	by	the	Company,	and	
to receive	notice	of,	attend	and	vote	at	every	general	meeting	of	the	Company.	On	liquidation,	ordinary	shareholders	are	entitled	to	
participate	in	the	assets	available	for	distribution	pro	rata	to	the	amount	credited	as	paid	up	on	such	shares	(excluding	any	premium).

Deferred shares 
The	deferred	shares	do	not	carry	voting	rights	or	a	right	to	receive	a	dividend.	The	holders	of	deferred	shares	will	not	have	the	right	to	
receive	notice	of	any	general	meeting	of	the	Company,	nor	have	any	right	to	attend,	speak	or	vote	at	any	such	meeting.	The	deferred	
shares	will	also	be	incapable	of	transfer	(other	than	to	the	Company).	In	addition,	holders	of	deferred	shares	will	only	be	entitled	to	a	
payment on a return of capital or on a winding up of the Company after each of the holders of ordinary shares has received a payment 
of	£1,000,000	in	respect	of	each	ordinary	share.	Accordingly,	the	deferred	shares	will	have	no	economic	value.	No	application	will	be	
made	for	the	deferred	shares	to	be	admitted	to	trading	on	AIM	nor	to	trading	on	any	other	stock	or	investment	exchange.	

85

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
86

20. Share capital, share premium account and own shares held (continued)

Rights of shares (continued)

Voting	Rights
1Spatial	plc	has	110,805,795	ordinary	shares	of	10p	in	issue,	of	which	a	total	of	319,635	ordinary	shares	are	held	in	treasury.	Therefore,	
the	total	number	of	ordinary	shares	with	voting	rights	is	110,486,160*.

*	

In	addition,	there	are	deferred	consideration	shares	with	an	approximate	value	of	€0.03	million	(€0.4m	at	31	January	2021)	due	to	be	issued	in	March	2023,	in	relation	to	
the	Geomap-Imagis	acquisition.	See	note	28.

At	1	February	2019

Issue of shares
Share issue costs

At 31 January 2020 and at 31 January 2021

Allotted,	
called up and 
fully paid 
shares
£’000

18,971

1,179
–

20,150

Number	of	
shares
£’000

325,731,767

11,773,906
–

337,505,673

Share
premium
account
£’000

28,661

2,119
(301)

30,479

Own	shares	
held
£’000

(303)

–
–

(303)

There	was	no	movement	in	share	capital	in	the	year.	In	the	prior	year,	of	the	11,773,906	shares	were	issued	in	the	year	relating	to	the	
Geomap-Imagis	acquisition,	9,871,220	were	issued	for	cash	which	increased	share	capital	by	£987,000	and	share	premium	by	
£2,119,000	before	share	issue	costs	of	£301,000.	The	remaining	1,902,686	were	issued	through	acquisition	of	shares	which	increased	
share	capital	by	£192,000	and	increased	the	merger	reserve	by	£435,000.

For	details	of	the	Group’s	share	option	scheme,	refer	to	note	22.

Own	shares
The	Group	has	319,635	ordinary	shares	of	10p	each	and	3,500,000	deferred	shares	with	a	nominal	value	of	4p	each	held	in	treasury.	
The	consideration	paid	was	£306,000.	

21. Other reserves

Equity-settled employee benefits reserve

The	equity-settled	employee	benefits	reserve	arises	from	the	requirement	to	reflect	the	fair	value	of	share	options	vested	during	the	
reporting	period.	For	further	detail	see	note	22.

Merger reserve

The	merger	reserve	arises	on	the	difference	between	the	nominal	value	of	shares	issued	and	the	premium	payable	to	acquire	
shares in another	company.	There	was	an	increase	in	the	prior	year	of	£435,000	to	the	merger	reserve	through	the	acquisition	
of Geomap-Imagis.

Reverse acquisition reserve

The	reverse	acquisition	reserve	was	created	in	accordance	with	IFRS	3,	‘Business	combinations’.	The	reverse	acquisition	reserve	arose	
during	the	year	ended	31	January	2010.

Currency translation reserve

The	currency	translation	reserve	arises	on	the	translation	of	foreign	entity	balances	where	the	functional	currency	is	different	from	
the	presentation	currency.

Purchase of non-controlling interest reserve

The	purchase	of	non-controlling	interest	reserve	arises	on	purchase	of	further	shares	in	a	subsidiary	of	the	Group	already	under	the	
control	of	the	parent	company,	with	the	effect	of	increasing	the	percentage	under	control	and	reducing	the	percentage	owned	by	the	
non-controlling	interest.	

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 202122. Share-based payments

The	total	charge	for	the	year	relating	to	share-based	payment	plans	was	£272,000	(2020:	£398,000).

The estimated fair value of the employees’ services received in exchange for the grant of share options is measured at the grant date 
and	recognised	as	an	expense	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	vesting	period,	based	upon	the	Group’s	estimate	of	shares	that	will	
eventually	vest.	Fair	value	is	determined	by	reference	to	the	Black-Scholes	option	pricing	model.	If	a	granted	option	is	cancelled	
and regranted	the	increase	in	fair	value	of	the	granted	option	measured	immediately	before	and	after	the	cancellation	and	regrant	
is added	to	the	value	of	the	employee’s	service	received	in	exchange	for	the	grant.	If	an	option	is	cancelled	this	is	accounted	for	as	
an acceleration	of	the	vesting	period	and	any	amount	unrecognised	is	recognised	immediately.	

On	6	November	2020,	the	Group	announced	that	it	had	made	new	annual	awards	(“New Awards”)	under	its	Employee	Share	Plan	
(“Plan”)	and	revised	the	performance	targets	applying	to	certain	awards	made	in	2018	(“Revised Awards”).	

The	market-priced	options	(consisting	of	a	right	to	acquire	Ordinary	Shares	at	an	exercise	price	of	£0.265	per	share,	being	the	closing	
middle	market	price	on	6	November	2020)	have	been	granted	over	2,442,000	Ordinary	Shares	in	total	(“Option Awards”).	
A combination	of	Black-Scholes,	Finnerty	and	Stochastic	models	were	used	to	estimate	the	share-based	payment	charge.

Option tranche

Tranche	1	(two	year)

Tranche	2	(three	year)

Tranche	3	(four	year)

New Awards

Expected 

term Risk-free rate

Dividend 
Yield

6.0 years

6.5 years

7.0 years

0.00%

0.04%

0.08%

N/a

N/a

N/a

Volatility

53.43%

53.02%

52.97%

Expected 
lapse rate

Fair value

10%

10%

10%

26.5p

26.5p

26.5p

On	6	November	2020,	the	Company	granted	awards	to	acquire	ordinary	shares	of	10p	each	in	the	Company	(“Ordinary Shares”)	to	
certain	directors	and	employees	of	the	Company	and	its	subsidiaries	pursuant	to	the	Plan	as	detailed	further	below.	

LTIP	Awards
LTIP	awards	(consisting	of	either	a	contingent	right	or	a	nil-cost	option	to	acquire	Ordinary	Shares	for	no	consideration)	have	been	
granted	over	1,980,000	Ordinary	Shares	in	total	(“LTIP Awards”).	Such	awards	were	granted	to	certain	employees,	members	of	the	
senior	management	team	and	to	the	following	directors	of	the	Company:

Director

Claire	Milverton	(Chief	Executive	Officer)

Andrew	Fabian	(Chief	Financial	Officer)

No. of LTIP 
Awards

650,000

330,000

These	new	LTIP	Awards	vest	subject	to	the	achievement	of	the	following	performance	targets:	

	➤ 25	per	cent.	of	the	shares	vest	subject	to	the	achievement	of	a	revenue	target	for	the	year	ending	31	January	2024	(“2024 

Revenue”).	50	per	cent.	of	the	shares	subject	to	this	target	vest	if	the	2024	Revenue	exceeds	£30m,	75	per	cent.	if	the	2024	
Revenue	exceeds	£32m	and	100	per	cent.	if	the	2024	Revenue	exceeds	£34m.

	➤ 25	per	cent.	of	the	shares	vest	subject	to	the	achievement	of	an	EBITDA	target	for	the	year	ending	31	January	2024	(“2024 
EBITDA”).	50	per	cent.	of	the	shares	subject	to	this	target	vest	if	the	2024	EBITDA	exceeds	£5.5m,	75	per	cent.	if	the	2024	
EBITDA	exceeds	£6m	and	100	per	cent.	if	the	2024	EBITDA	exceeds	£7m.

	➤ 50	per	cent.	of	the	shares	vest	subject	to	the	achievement	of	a	share	price	target	which	will	be	calculated	based	on	the	average	
closing	mid-price	for	the	20	trading	days	following	the	Company’s	Annual	General	Meeting	in	2024	(“2024 Share Price”).	50	per	
cent.	of	the	shares	subject	to	this	target	vest	if	the	2024	Share	Price	exceeds	£0.50,	75	per	cent.	if	the	2024	Share	Price	exceeds	
£0.60	and	100	per	cent.	if	the	2024	Share	Price	exceeds	£0.80.	

Following	vesting,	the	LTIP	Awards	will	be	subject	to	an	additional	one-year	holding	period	(before	the	award	can	be	exercised	or	the	
shares	otherwise	be	released).

In	the	event	of	a	takeover	of	the	Company	completing,	either	by	way	of	a	contractual	takeover	offer	becoming	wholly	unconditional	
or a	scheme	of	arrangement	becoming	effective,	the	LTIP	Awards	would	vest	in	full,	provided	that	the	award	holder	continues	to	be	
an employee	at	that	time.

87

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
88

22. Share-based payments (continued)

New Awards (continued)

Option	Awards
Market-priced	options	(consisting	of	a	right	to	acquire	Ordinary	Shares	at	an	exercise	price	of	£0.265	per	share,	being	the	closing	
middle	market	price	on	6	November	2020)	have	been	granted	over	2,442,000	Ordinary	Shares	in	total	(“Option Awards”).	
Such Option	Awards	were	granted	to	certain	employees,	members	of	the	senior	management	team	and	to	the	following	directors	
of the	Company:

Director

Claire	Milverton	(Chief	Executive	Officer)

Andrew	Fabian	(Chief	Financial	Officer)

No. of Options

25,000

25,000

It	is	proposed	that	the	Option	Awards	will	vest	as	to	25	per	cent.	of	the	shares	subject	to	the	option	on	the	second	anniversary	of	the	
date	of	grant,	as	to	a	further	25	per	cent.	of	the	shares	on	the	third	anniversary	of	the	date	of	grant	and	as	to	the	balance	on	the	fourth	
anniversary	of	the	date	of	grant.	Option	Awards	granted	to	employees	outside	of	the	UK	may,	in	order	to	comply	with	local	tax	rules,	
vest	in	two	tranches	on	the	third	and	fourth	anniversaries	of	the	date	of	grant	(50	per	cent.	and	50	per	cent.	respectively).

In	the	event	of	a	takeover	of	the	Company	completing,	either	by	way	of	a	contractual	takeover	offer	becoming	wholly	unconditional	
or a	scheme	of	arrangement	becoming	effective,	the	Option	Awards	would	vest	in	full	provided	that	the	award	holder	continues	to	be	
an	employee	at	that	time.

Revised Awards

On	5	September	2018,	the	Company	announced	that	LTIP	awards	(consisting	of	either	a	contingent	right	or	a	nil-cost	option	to	acquire	
Ordinary	Shares	for	no	consideration)	were	granted	under	the	Plan	on	4	September	2018	(“2018 LTIP Awards”).	These	awards	vest	
from	2021	onwards.	50%	of	these	awards	vest	based	on	an	EBITDA	target	and	50%	vest	on	reaching	share	price	targets.	In	total,	
1,256,600	Ordinary	Shares	remain	subject	to	these	LTIP	awards,	including	awards	held	by	the	following	director:

Director

Claire	Milverton	(Chief	Executive	Officer)

No. of LTIP 
Awards

659,368

The	Company’s	remuneration	committee	(“Remuneration Committee”)	has,	in	accordance	with	the	Plan,	exercised	its	discretion	to	
amend	the	performance	targets	applying	to	the	2018	LTIP	Awards	as	follows:

EBITDA target 
50	per	cent.	of	the	shares	vest	subject	to	the	achievement	of	an	EBITDA	target	for	the	year	ending	31	January	2021	(“2021 EBITDA”).	
50	per	cent.	of	the	shares	subject	to	this	target	vest	if	the	2021	EBITDA	exceeds	£2m,	75	per	cent.	if	the	2021	EBITDA	exceeds	£2.5m	
and	100	per	cent.	if	the	2021	EBITDA	exceeds	£3m.	As	a	result	of	a	change	in	accounting	standards	(IFRS	16),	the	Remuneration	
Committee	has	determined	to	make	the	following	increase	to	each	of	the	targets	(to	reflect	the	anticipated	impact	on	the	Company’s	
EBITDA	brought	about	by	the	change	in	accounting	standard):

% vesting

50%

75%

100%

Previous target

Revised target

£2m

£2.5m

£3m

£3m

£3.5m

£4m

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 2021Share price target
50%	of	the	shares	subject	to	the	share	price	target.	In	order	that	the	2018	LTIP	Awards	continue	to	provide	an	appropriate	
incentivisation	mechanism,	the	Remuneration	Committee	has	reduced	each	of	the	share	price	targets	and	extended	the	period	over	
which	the	targets	will	be	measured.	The	target	share	price	date	was	originally	the	2021	AGM	but	this	has	now	been	changed	to	the	
2022	AGM.	Following	vesting,	the	awards	will	be	subject	to	an	additional	one-year	holding	period	(as	before).	The	revised	targets	are	
as	follows:

% vesting

50%

75%

100%

Previous target

Revised target

£0.80

£1.00

£1.20

£0.40

£0.50

£0.60

The	Remuneration	Committee	considered	it	appropriate	to	revisit	the	share	price	hurdles	and	timings,	given	the	current	economic	
backdrop	and	the	impact	of	Covid-19	on	share	prices	(both	immediately	and	over	the	medium	term).	The	Remuneration	Committee	
considers	that	the	revised	targets	constitute	a	fairer	measure	of	performance	and	ensure	that	the	2018	LTIP	Awards	provide	a	more	
effective	incentive	to	the	employees.	The	Remuneration	Committee	also	considers	that	the	revised	targets	better	reflect	the	level	of	
stretch	performance	that	the	Remuneration	Committee	had	anticipated	when	the	targets	were	originally	set.

Revision	of	the	targets	were	identified	as	a	modification	in	accordance	with	IFRS	2	and	the	incremental	fair	value	is	expensed	over	the	
remaining	vesting	period.	

Awards	under	the	New	Plan	(“Potential Awards”)	are	structured	as:

(a)	options	to	acquire	Ordinary	Shares	with	an	exercise	price	equal	to	the	closing	market	price	of	the	Ordinary	Shares	on	the	day	prior	

to	the	date	of	grant	(“Options”);	and

(b)	long-term	incentive	plan	awards	(“LTIP Award”),	being	options	exercisable,	or	options	to	acquire	Ordinary	Shares	for	nil	

consideration.

Movements	in	the	number	of	share	awards	outstanding,	and	their	related	weighted	average	exercise	prices,	are	as	follows:

Outstanding	brought	forward
LTIPs	granted	during	the	year
Share options granted during the year
Lapsed	during	the	year

Outstanding carried forward

Exercisable as at 31 January

2021

2020

Weighted 
average 
exercise price

35.5p
–
26.5p
27.4p

26.4p

46.5

Number

5,821,011
1,980,000
2,442,000
(301,515)

9,941,496

1,065,724

Weighted 
average 
exercise price

34.3p
–
–
28.8p

35.5p

–

Number

7,063,196
–
–
(1,242,185)

5,821,011

–

The	weighted	average	remaining	contractual	life	of	share	options	outstanding	at	the	end	of	the	year	was	8.6	years	(2020:	8.6	years).	
The	exercise	prices	of	the	outstanding	options	range	between	0p	and	46.5p.

89

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
90

23. Earnings/(loss) per ordinary share 

Basic	(loss)/profit	per	share	is	calculated	by	dividing	the	loss	attributable	to	equity	holders	of	the	Company	by	the	weighted	average	
number	of	ordinary	shares	in	issue	during	the	year.

Loss attributable to equity shareholders of the Parent

Ordinary shares with voting rights
Deferred	consideration	payable	in	shares	

Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares

Impact	of	share	options/LTIPs

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares

Basic and diluted loss per share

2021
£’000

(1,125)

2021
Number
000s

110,486
1,394

111,880

2,495

2020
£’000

(1,485)

2020
Number
000s

107,284
1,154

108,438

1,743

114,375

110,181

2021
Pence

2020
Pence

(1.0)

(1.4)

Basic	loss	per	share	and	diluted	loss	per	share	are	the	same	because	the	options	are	anti-dilutive.	Therefore,	they	have	been	excluded	
from	the	calculation	of	diluted	weighted	average	number	of	ordinary	shares.	

24. Commitments 

The	future	aggregated	minimum	payments	under	non-cancellable	short-term	leases	are	as	follows:

Short-term lease commitments

No later than one year
Later	than	one	year	but	no	later	than	five	years
Later	than	five	years

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

26
–
–

26

2
–
–

2

Short-term	lease	payments	in	this	note	represent	rentals	payable	by	the	Group	for	any	of	its	items	that	are	not	recognised	under	IFRS	
16.	These	are	made	up	smaller	leases	which	are	less	than	twelve	months,	specifically	photocopiers	in	both	the	UK	and	French	offices.	

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 2021 
 
25. Contingent liabilities

The	Group	has	given	performance	guarantees	on	contracts	as	follows:

Euro
US	dollar
Moroccan	dirham
Tunisian dinar

Total 

26. Related-party transactions 

(a) Key management compensation

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

246
1
40
3

290

119
–
39
3

161

The	only	key	management	personnel	of	the	Group	are	the	Directors.	Details	of	the	compensation	of	the	key	management	
personnel	are	disclosed	in	note	6(c)	to	the	financial	statements.

(b) Controlling party

There	is	no	one	party	which	controls	the	Group.

(c) Company and subsidiary

Transactions	between	the	Company	and	its	subsidiaries,	which	are	related	parties,	have	been	eliminated	on	consolidation	and	are	
not	disclosed.

91

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
92

27. Subsidiaries and associates of the Group as at 31 January 2021

Nature of
business

Registered office address

Holding company Tennyson	House,	Cambridge	Business	

Park,	Cowley	Road,	Cambridge,	
Cambridgeshire,	CB4	0WZ,	UK

Description and 
proportion of
share capital held by 
1Spatial plc

Description and 
proportion of
share capital held by 
Group

Country of
incorporation
or registration

Ordinary	100%

–

England & Wales

1Spatial Holdings 
Limited

1Spatial	Inc.

1Spatial Group 
Limited

–

–

Ordinary	100%

United	States

Ordinary	100%

England & Wales

Aon	Spásúil	Limited –

Ordinary	100%

Ireland

8614	Westwood	Center	Drive,	Suite	#	
450,	Vienna,	VA	22182,	USA

Tennyson	House,	Cambridge	Business	
Park,	Cowley	Road,	Cambridge,	
Cambridgeshire,	CB4	0WZ,	UK

c/o	Roberts	Nathan	LLP,	First	Floor,	11	
Exchange	Place,	International	Financial	
Services	Centre,	Dublin	1,	Ireland

Level	4,	29	Kiora	Road,	Miranda,	NSW,	
2228

13,	Clos	Chanmurly,	4000,	Liège,	
Belgium

Immeuble	AX02,	23-25	avenue	Aristide	
Briand,	94110,	Arcueil,	France

Immeuble	Lloyd,	Bureau	2A-B,	Centre	
Urbain	Nord,	1003	Tunis,	Tunisie

Immeuble	Lloyd,	Bureau	2A-B,	Centre	
Urbain	Nord,	1003	Tunis,	Tunisie

c/o	The	Corporation	Trust	Company,	
Corporation	Trust	Center,	1209	Orange	
Street,	Wilmington,	DE	19801,	USA

–
1Spatial	Australia	Pty	
Limited

Ordinary	100%

Australia

1Spatial Belgium SA Ordinary	100%

–

Belgium

Location-based	
software 
development  
and consultancy

1Spatial France SAS –

Ordinary	100%

France

Imagis	Tunisie	SARL –

Ordinary	100%

Tunisia

Ordinary	100%

Tunisia

United	States

Dormant

DMR	Production	
SARL

–

1Spatial	US	Inc.

Ordinary	100%

Sitemap	Ltd*

Ordinary	100%

Storage Fusion 
Limited*

Ordinary	100%

–

–

–

*	 These	entities	were	placed	in	Members’	Voluntary	Liquidation	in	December	2020.

England & Wales

Location-based	
software

Tennyson	House,	Cambridge	Business	
Park,	Cowley	Road,	Cambridge,	
Cambridgeshire,	CB4	0WZ,	UK

England & Wales

IT	business	 
service assurance 
solutions

Tennyson	House,	Cambridge	Business	
Park,	Cowley	Road,	Cambridge,	
Cambridgeshire,	CB4	0WZ,	UK

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 202128. Post balance sheet events

Amendments to Geomap-Imagis Share Purchase Agreement (“SPA”)

The	final	step	in	the	integration	of	Geomap-Imagis	(“G-I”),	which	was	acquired	in	May	2019,	was	completed	in	March	2021.	As	part	
of the	restructuring,	two	of	the	G-I	founders	and	former	directors	will	be	leaving	the	business	and	the	parties	agreed	to	amend	the	
original	SPA	as	explained	below.	

Under	the	original	terms,	the	Group	agreed	to	pay	the	vendors	consideration,	which	included	€1,166,999	to	be	satisfied	by	the	issue	by	
1Spatial	of	ordinary	shares	(the	“Consideration	Shares”).

Of	the	consideration	to	be	satisfied	by	the	issue	of	the	Consideration	Shares,	€726,459	was	satisfied	immediately	upon	Completion,	
with	the	balance	of	€440,540	to	be	satisfied	on	30	March	2023	(the	“Deferred	Share	Consideration	Amount”).	Accordingly,	on	
Completion	the	Company	issued	to	the	vendors	1,902,686	new	ordinary	shares	(the	“Initial	Consideration	Shares”),	subject	to	a	lock	
up	obligation	until	31	December	2021.

In	connection	with	completion	of	the	integration	of	G-I,	the	Group	has	entered	into	an	Amendment	Agreement	with	these	two	
GI founders	and	former	directors	in	March	2021	to	amend	the	terms	of	the	original	agreement	primarily	as	follows:

	➤ Release	1,765,173	of	the	Initial	Consideration	Shares	(the	“Released	Shares”)	from	the	above-mentioned	lock	up	obligation;	and
	➤ pay	out	in	cash	to	certain	of	the	vendors,	at	the	earlier	date	of	10	September	2022,	€408,701	of	the	Deferred	Share	Consideration	

Amount.

Pursuant	to	the	terms	of	the	Amendment	Agreement,	the	Released	Shares	remain	subject	to	an	orderly	market	provision	for	
3 months.	

93

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
94

Company Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 January 2021

Assets
Fixed assets 
Investments

Total fixed assets

Current assets
Debtors
Cash	and	cash	equivalents

Total current assets

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Creditors
Deferred consideration

Total creditors due within less than one year

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year
Deferred consideration

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

Total Creditors

Net assets

Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Own	shares	held
Share-based	payments	reserve
Merger	reserve
Currency translation reserve
Accumulated	losses	(of	which	loss	for	the	year	was	£452,000	(2020:	profit	of	
£7,078,000))

Total equity

Note

3

4
5

6
7

7

9
9
9

2021
£’000

19,610

19,610

9,620
2,133

11,753

(3,453)
–

(3,453)

(390)

(390)

(3,843)

27,520

20,150
30,479
(303)
4,243
16,466
(125)

(43,390)

27,520

2020
£’000

19,378

19,378

10,425
217

10,642

(1,351)
(599)

(1,950)

(370)

(370)

(2,320)

27,700

20,150
30,479
(303)
3,971
16,466
(125)

(42,938)

27,700

The	financial	statements	on	pages	94	to	103	were	approved	and	authorised	for	issue	by	the	Board	on	27	April	2021	and	signed	on	its	
behalf	by:

Andrew Fabian
DIRECTOR 

Financial StatementsCompany Statement of Changes in Equity

95

For the year ended 31 January 2021

Share 
capital 
£’000

Share 
premium 
account 
£’000

Own	
shares 
held 
£’000

Share-based	
payments 
reserve 
£’000

Merger	
reserve 
£’000

Currency 
translation 
reserve 
£’000

Accum- 
ulated 
losses 
£’000

Total 
equity	
£’000

Balance at 1 February 2019

18,971

28,661

(303)

3,573

16,031

(125)

(50,016)

16,792

Comprehensive income
Profit	for	the	year

Total comprehensive profit

Transactions with owners
Issue	of	share	capital,	net	of	share	issue	
costs	(note	12)
Recognition	of	share-based	payments

–

–

–

–

1,179
–

1,179

1,818
–

1,818

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
398

398

–

–

435
–

435

–

–

–
–

–

7,078

7,078

7,078

7,078

–

–

3,432
398

3,830

Balance at 31 January 2020

20,150

30,479

(303)

3,971

16,466

(125)

(42,938)

27,700

Comprehensive loss
Loss	for	the	year

Total comprehensive loss

Transactions with owners
Recognition	of	share-based	payments

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

272

272

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(452)

(452)

–

–

(452)

(452)

272

272

Balance at 31 January 2021

20,150

30,479

(303)

4,243

16,466

(125)

(43,390)

27,520

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
 
96

1. Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of preparation 

The	Company	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	Financial	Reporting	Standard	101,	‘Reduced	Disclosure	
Framework’	(FRS	101).	The	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	under	the	historical	cost	convention,	and	in	accordance	with	the	
Companies	Act	2006	as	applicable	to	companies	using	FRS	101.	

The	preparation	of	financial	statements	in	conformity	with	FRS	101	requires	the	use	of	certain	critical	accounting	estimates.	It	also	
required	management	to	exercise	its	judgement	in	the	process	of	applying	the	Company’s	accounting	policies.	The	estimates	and	
associated	assumptions	are	based	on	industry	experience	and	various	other	factors	that	are	believed	to	be	reasonable	under	the	
circumstances.

The	Directors	have	reviewed	the	estimates	and	assumptions	used	in	the	preparation	of	the	financial	statements.	The	estimates	and	
assumptions	relating	to	the	carrying	value	of	investments	have	a	significant	risk	of	causing	a	material	adjustment	in	the	next	financial	
year.	Refer	to	note	5	for	further	information.

The	following	exemptions	from	the	requirement	of	IFRS	have	been	applied	in	the	preparation	of	these	financial	statements,	in	
accordance	with	FRS	101:

	➤ IAS	7,	‘Statement	of	cashflows’
	➤ The	requirements	in	IAS	24,	‘Related	party	disclosures’	to	disclose	related	party	transactions	entered	into	between	two	or	more	
members	of	a	group,	and	to	disclose	compensation	for	key	management	personnel	and	amounts	incurred	by	an	entity	for	the	
provision	of	key	management	personnel	services	that	are	provided	by	a	separate	management	entity

	➤ IFRS	7,	‘Financial	instruments:	Disclosures’
	➤ Paragraphs	45(b)	and	46	to	52	of	IFRS	2,	‘Share-based	payment’	(details	of	the	number	and	weighted-average	exercise	prices	

of share	options,	and	how	the	fair	value	of	goods	or	services	received	was	determined)

	➤ The	requirements	in	IAS	8	to	disclose	information	in	relation	to	a	new	standard	that	has	been	issued	but	is	not	yet	effective

The	Company	has	taken	advantage	of	Section	408	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	and	has	not	included	a	statement	of	comprehensive	
income	in	these	separate	financial	statements.	The	loss	attributable	to	members	of	the	company	for	the	year	ended	31	January	2021	
is	£452,000	(2020:	profit	of	£7,078,000).	The	prior	year	profit	of	£7,078,000	included	a	number	of	one-off	items	including	
£5,539,000	relating	to	an	impairment	reversal.

The	auditors’	remuneration	for	audit	and	other	services	is	disclosed	in	note	6(a)	to	the	consolidated	financial	statements.

The	principal	accounting	policies	applied	in	the	preparation	of	these	financial	statements	are	set	out	below.	These	policies	have	been	
applied	consistently	throughout	all	years	presented	except	where	otherwise	indicated.

There	is	no	one	party	which	controls	the	Company.

Going concern

Taking	into	account	the	cash	flow	projections	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors,	the	Directors	have	formed	a	judgement	that,	at	the	
time	of	approving	these	financial	statements,	there	is	a	reasonable	expectation	that	the	Company	has	adequate	resources	to	continue	
in	operational	existence	for	the	foreseeable	future	and	therefore	adopt	the	going	concern	basis	for	the	financial	statements.	

Share-based payments

The	Company	operates	a	number	of	equity-settled,	share-based	payment	compensation	plans,	under	which	the	entity	receives	
services	from	employees	as	consideration	for	equity	instruments	(options)	of	the	Company.	The	fair	value	of	the	employee	service	
received	in	exchange	for	the	grant	of	the	options	is	recognised	as	an	expense.	The	total	amount	to	be	expensed	over	the	vesting	
period	is	determined	by	reference	to	the	fair	value	of	the	options	granted,	including	any	market-based	performance	conditions	(for	
example,	the	Company’s	share	price)	but	excluding	the	impact	of	any	service	and	non-market	performance	vesting	conditions	(for	
example,	profitability	targets).	Non-market	vesting	conditions	are	included	in	assumptions	about	the	number	of	options	that	are	
expected	to	vest.	

At	each	reporting	date,	the	entity	revises	its	estimates	of	the	number	of	options	that	are	expected	to	vest	based	on	the	non-market	
vesting	conditions.	It	recognises	the	impact	of	the	revision	to	original	estimates,	if	any,	in	the	statement	of	comprehensive	income,	
with	a	corresponding	adjustment	to	equity.	Where	options	are	exercised,	the	Company	issues	new	shares.	The	proceeds	received	net	
of	any	directly	attributable	transaction	costs	are	credited	to	share	capital	(nominal	value)	and	share	premium	when	the	options	
are exercised.	

The	grant	by	the	Company	of	options	over	its	equity	instruments	to	the	employees	of	subsidiary	undertakings	in	the	Group	is	treated	
as	a	capital	contribution.	The	fair	value	of	employee	services	received,	measured	by	reference	to	the	grant	date	fair	value,	is	
recognised	over	the	vesting	period	as	an	increase	to	investment	in	subsidiary	undertakings,	with	a	corresponding	credit	to	equity.

Financial StatementsNotes to the Company Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 2021Investments

Investments	in	group	undertakings	are	carried	at	cost	less	any	provision	for	impairment.	The	Company	assesses	investments	for	
impairment	whenever	events	or	changes	in	circumstances	indicate	that	the	carrying	value	of	an	investment	may	not	be	recoverable.	
If any	such	indication	of	impairment	exists,	the	Company	makes	an	estimate	of	the	recoverable	amount.	If	the	recoverable	amount	
of the	cash-generating	unit	is	less	than	the	value	of	the	investment,	the	investment	is	considered	to	be	impaired	and	is	written	down	
to its	recoverable	amount.	An	impairment	loss	is	recognised	immediately	in	the	profit	and	loss	account.	Management	has	used	
significant	estimates	and	judgements	when	putting	together	the	budgets	and	projections	which	are	used	in	the	value	in	use	
calculations.	These	judgements	are	mainly	in	relation	to	projected	revenues	and	margins.	Refer	to	note	5	for	further	information.

Trade and other receivables

Trade	receivables	are	amounts	due	from	customers	for	services	performed	in	the	ordinary	course	of	business.	If	collection	is	expected	
in	one	year	or	less	they	are	classified	as	current	assets.	If	not,	they	are	presented	as	non-current	assets.	

Trade	receivables	are	initially	recognised	at	fair	value	and	subsequently	held	at	amortised	cost,	less	provision	for	impairment.	
Appropriate	allowances	for	estimated	irrecoverable	amounts	are	recognised	in	profit	or	loss.	The	Company	has	utilised	the	simplified	
approach	to	measuring	credit	losses,	using	a	lifetime	expected	loss	allowance	for	all	trade	receivables	and	contract	assets.	When	
a trade	receivable	is	considered	uncollectable,	it	is	written	off	against	the	allowance	account.	Subsequent	recoveries	of	amounts	
previously	written	off	are	credited	against	the	allowance	account.	Changes	in	the	carrying	amount	of	the	allowance	account	are	
recognised	in	profit	or	loss.

This	loss	allowance	for	intercompany	receivables	are	based	on	management	assumptions	about	the	risk	of	default	and	expected	loss	
rates.	Management	has	made	estimations	in	making	these	assumptions	and	inputs	to	the	impairment	calculations	which	are	based	
on history,	external	conditions	and	forward	looking	scenarios.	

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	in	the	statement	of	financial	position	comprise	readily	accessible	cash	at	bank	and	in	hand.	Bank	accounts	
held	which	have	an	original	maturity	of	more	than	three	months,	or	which	are	subject	to	significant	restrictions	over	access,	are	not	
presented	as	cash	and	cash	equivalents.	Such	amounts	are	shown	separately	as	short-term	investments	or	other	financial	assets	
with appropriate	disclosure	of	the	related	terms.

Trade payables

Trade	payables	are	obligations	to	pay	for	goods	or	services	that	have	been	acquired	in	the	ordinary	course	of	business	from	suppliers.	
Accounts	payable	are	classified	as	current	liabilities	if	payment	is	due	within	12	months	or	less.	If	not,	they	are	presented	as	non-
current	liabilities.

Trade	payables	are	recognised	initially	at	fair	value	and	subsequently	measured	at	amortised	cost	using	the	effective	interest	method.

Current tax

Current	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	measured	at	the	amount	expected	to	be	recovered	from	or	paid	to	the	taxation	authorities,	based	
on	tax	rates	and	laws	that	are	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	by	the	reporting	date.	Taxable	profit	differs	from	profit	as	reported	in	
the	statement	of	comprehensive	income	because	of	items	of	income	or	expense	that	are	taxable	or	deductible	in	other	years	and	
items	that	are	never	taxable	or	deductible.

Deferred tax

Deferred	tax	is	recognised	on	temporary	differences	between	the	carrying	amounts	of	assets	and	liabilities	in	the	financial	statements	
and	the	corresponding	tax	bases	used	in	the	computation	of	taxable	profit.	Deferred	tax	liabilities	are	generally	recognised	for	all	
taxable	temporary	differences.	Deferred	tax	assets	are	generally	recognised	for	all	deductible	temporary	differences	to	the	extent	
that	it	is	probable	that	taxable	profits	will	be	available	against	which	those	deductible	temporary	differences	can	be	utilised.	Such	
deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	not	recognised	if	the	temporary	difference	arises	from	goodwill	or	from	the	initial	recognition	
of other	assets	and	liabilities	in	a	transaction	that	affects	neither	the	taxable	profit	nor	the	accounting	profit.

Deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	measured	at	the	tax	rates	that	are	expected	to	apply	in	the	period	in	which	the	liability	is	settled	
or	the	asset	realised,	based	on	tax	rates	and	laws	that	have	been	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	by	the	end	of	the	reporting	period.	
The	measurement	of	deferred	tax	liabilities	and	assets	reflects	the	tax	consequences	that	would	follow	from	the	manner	in	which	the	
Company	expects,	at	the	end	of	the	reporting	period,	to	recover	or	settle	that	carrying	amount	of	its	assets	and	liabilities.

97

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
98

1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

Foreign currency

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions.	Foreign	exchange	gains	and	losses	resulting	from	the	settlement	of	such	transactions	and	from	the	translation	at	
year-end	exchange	rates	of	monetary	assets	and	liabilities	denominated	in	foreign	currencies	are	recognised	in	the	statement	
of comprehensive	income	in	the	period	in	which	they	arise.	

Employee pensions

The	Company	operates	a	stakeholder	pension	plan	for	which	all	employees	are	eligible.	No	employees	have	as	yet	joined	the	scheme.

Dividend income

Dividend	income	from	investments	is	recognised	when	the	shareholder’s	right	to	receive	payment	has	been	established	(provided	that	
it	is	probable	that	the	economic	benefits	will	flow	to	the	Company	and	the	amount	of	income	can	be	measured	reliably).

Share capital 

Ordinary	shares	are	classified	as	equity.	Incremental	costs	directly	attributable	to	the	issue	of	new	shares,	share	options	or	share	
warrants	are	shown	in	equity	as	a	deduction,	net	of	tax,	from	the	proceeds.

Significant accounting estimates and judgements

Estimates	and	judgements	are	continually	evaluated	and	are	based	on	historical	experience	and	other	factors,	including	expectations	
of	future	events	that	are	believed	to	be	reasonable	under	the	circumstances.

The	Company	makes	estimates	concerning	the	future.	The	resulting	accounting	estimates	will,	by	definition,	seldom	equal	the	related	
actual	results.	The	estimates	and	assumptions	that	have	a	significant	risk	of	causing	a	material	adjustment	to	the	carrying	amounts	
of assets	and	liabilities	within	the	next	financial	year	are	discussed	below.	

Impairment of non-financial assets

The	Company	holds	investments	in	group	undertakings	with	a	carrying	value	of	£19,610,000.	The	key	assumptions	concerning	the	
carrying	value	of	the	investment	in	subsidiaries	have	been	set	out	in	note	5.

1.1 Financial risk management 

The	Company’s	financial	instruments	comprise	amounts	due	to/from	subsidiary	undertakings,	cash	and	cash	equivalents,	other	
receivables	and	trade	and	other	payables.	The	Company’s	approach	to	the	financial	risks	is	discussed	in	note	2,	Financial	Instruments,	
to	the	consolidated	financial	statements.

Liquidity risk

The	Company’s	objective	is	to	maintain	a	balance	between	continuity	of	funding	and	flexibility.	The	Company’s	policy	is	to	manage	
working	capital	in	order	to	ensure	that	liquidity	is	maintained	so	as	to	meet	peak	funding	requirements.	

Foreign currency risk 

As	at	31	January	2021	and	31	January	2020,	there	was	no	significant	foreign	exchange	currency	exposure	to	the	Company.

Borrowing facilities

The	Company	has	no	overdraft	facility	(2020:	£nil)	at	the	reporting	date	to	support	working	capital	requirements.

Financial StatementsNotes to the Company Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 20212. Directors’ emoluments

Details	of	Directors’	emoluments	borne	by	the	Company	are	disclosed	in	note	6(c)	of	the	consolidated	financial	statements.	This	
includes	details	of	the	highest	paid	Director.

3. Investments

Shares in group undertakings
Cost
At	1	February	2020
Additions
Capital	contribution	to	subsidiaries

At 31 January 2021

Accumulated amounts provided
At	1	February	2020

At 31 January 2021

Net book amount

At 31 January 2021

At 31 January 2020

Shares in group undertakings
Cost
At	1	February	2019
Additions
Capital	contribution	to	subsidiaries

At 31 January 2020

Accumulated amounts provided
At	1	February	2019
Impairment reversal

At 31 January 2020

Net book amount

At 31 January 2020

Total
£’000

41,654
–
232

41,886

22,276

22,276

19,610

19,378

Total
£’000

35,015
6,371
268

41,654

27,815
(5,539)

22,276

19,378

The Company assesses investments for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value 
of an	investment	may	not	be	recoverable.	

The	addition	in	the	prior	year	relates	to	the	acquisition	of	the	Geomap-Imagis	group	and	the	impairment	reversal	related	to	1Spatial	
Belgium	SA.

The	recoverable	amount	of	the	investments	held	is	determined	from	value	in	use	calculations	for	the	cash-generating	unit	(CGU)	
covering	a	five-year	period.	The	detailed	plan	put	together	by	the	management	team	and	the	Board	makes	assessments	on	revenue	
and	gross	profit	expectations.	This	is	from	both	contracted	and	pipeline	revenue	streams.	It	also	takes	account	of	historical	success	
of winning	new	work.	Details	of	the	assumptions	used	are	provided	in	note	10	to	the	consolidated	financial	statements.

99

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
100

4. Debtors

Amounts	owed	by	group	undertakings
Taxation and social security
Other	receivables	
Prepayments	and	accrued	income

2021
£’000

9,354
83
60
123

9,620

2020
£’000

10,188
27
110
100

10,425

All	amounts	that	fall	due	within	one	year	are	presented	within	current	assets	as	required	by	the	Companies	Act.	The	amounts	owed	by	
group	undertakings	are	repayable	on	demand	with	no	fixed	repayment	date	although	it	is	noted	that	a	significant	proportion	of	the	
amounts	may	not	be	sought	for	repayment	within	one	year	depending	on	activity	in	the	group	companies.	These	amounts	are	
unsecured	and	interest	free.	

5. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash	at	bank	and	in	hand

6. Creditors due in less than one year

Amounts owed to group undertakings
Trade	payables
Taxation and social security
Other	payables
Accrued	liabilities

2021
£’000

2,133

2021
£’000

2,830
156
25
10
432

3,453

2020
£’000

217

2020
£’000

907
181
26
27
210

1,351

The	carrying	value	of	trade	and	other	payables	is	consistent	with	their	book	values.	It	is	the	Company’s	policy	to	settle	trade	payables	
within	normal	credit	terms.	Amounts	owed	to	group	undertakings	are	unsecured,	interest	free	and	repayable	on	demand.

7. Deferred consideration

Disclosures	in	relation	to	the	deferred	consideration	that	arose	in	the	year	on	the	acquisition	of	the	Geomap-Imagis	group	are	made	
in note	17	to	the	consolidated	financial	statements.

8. Share-based payments

Disclosures	in	relation	to	the	share	options	in	issue	are	made	in	note	22	to	the	consolidated	financial	statements.

Financial StatementsNotes to the Company Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 20219. Share capital, share premium account and own shares held

Allotted and fully paid

Ordinary	shares	of	10p	each
Deferred	shares	of	4p	each

Rights of shares

2021
Number

2020
Number

110,805,795
226,699,878

110,805,795
226,699,878

Ordinary	shares
The ordinary shares all rank pari passu,	have	the	right	to	participate	in	dividends	and	other	distributions	made	by	the	Company,	and	
to receive	notice	of,	attend	and	vote	at	every	general	meeting	of	the	Company.	On	liquidation,	ordinary	shareholders	are	entitled	to	
participate	in	the	assets	available	for	distribution	pro	rata	to	the	amount	credited	as	paid	up	on	such	shares	(excluding	any	premium).

Deferred shares 
The	deferred	shares	do	not	carry	voting	rights	or	a	right	to	receive	a	dividend.	The	holders	of	deferred	shares	will	not	have	the	right	to	
receive	notice	of	any	general	meeting	of	the	Company,	nor	have	any	right	to	attend,	speak	or	vote	at	any	such	meeting.	The	deferred	
shares	will	also	be	incapable	of	transfer	(other	than	to	the	Company).	In	addition,	holders	of	deferred	shares	will	only	be	entitled	to	a	
payment on a return of capital or on a winding up of the Company after each of the holders of ordinary shares has received a payment 
of	£1,000,000	in	respect	of	each	ordinary	share.	Accordingly,	the	deferred	shares	will	have	no	economic	value.	No	application	will	be	
made	for	the	deferred	shares	to	be	admitted	to	trading	on	AIM	nor	to	trading	on	any	other	stock	or	investment	exchange.

At	1	February	2019

Issue of shares
Share issue costs

At 31 January 2020 and at 31 January 2021

Allotted,	
called up and 
fully paid 
shares
£’000

18,971

1,179
–

20,150

Number	of	
shares

325,731,767

11,773,906
–

337,505,673

Share
premium
account
£’000

28,661

2,119
(301)

30,479

Own	shares	
held
£’000

(303)

–
–

(303)

Of	the	11,773,906	issued	shares	in	the	prior	year	relating	to	the	Geomap-Imagis	acquisition,	9,871,220	were	issued	for	cash	which	
increased	share	capital	by	£987,000	and	share	premium	by	£2,119,000	before	share	issue	costs	of	£301,000.	The	remaining	
1,902,686	were	issued	through	acquisition	of	shares	which	increased	share	capital	by	£192,000	and	increased	the	merger	reserve	
by £435,000.

Own	shares
The	Company	has	319,635	ordinary	shares	of	10p	and	3,500,000	deferred	shares	of	4p	held	in	treasury.	The	consideration	paid	was	
£306,000.	

101

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
102

10. Subsidiaries and associates of the Company as at 31 January 2021

Description and 
proportion of
share capital held by 
1Spatial plc

Description and 
proportion of
share capital held by 
Group

Country of
incorporation
or registration

Nature of
business

1Spatial Holdings 
Limited

Ordinary	100%

–

England & Wales

Holding company

1Spatial	Inc.

1Spatial Group 
Limited

–

–

Ordinary	100%

United	States

Ordinary	100%

England & Wales

Aon	Spásúil	Limited –

Ordinary	100%

Ireland

–
1Spatial	Australia	Pty	
Limited

Ordinary	100%

Australia

1Spatial Belgium SA Ordinary	100%

–

Belgium

Location-based	
software 
development  
and consultancy

1Spatial France SAS –

Ordinary	100%

France

Imagis	Tunisie	SARL –

Ordinary	100%

Tunisia

Ordinary	100%

Tunisia

United	States

Dormant

DMR	Production	
SARL

–

1Spatial	US	Inc.

Ordinary	100%

*Sitemap	Ltd

Ordinary	100%

*Storage Fusion 
Limited

Ordinary	100%

–

–

–

*	 These	entities	were	placed	in	Members’	Voluntary	Liquidation	in	December	2020.

Registered office address

Tennyson	House,	Cambridge	Business	
Park,	Cowley	Road,	Cambridge,	
Cambridgeshire,	CB4	0WZ,	UK

8614	Westwood	Center	Drive,	Suite	#	
450,	Vienna,	VA	22182,	USA

Tennyson	House,	Cambridge	Business	
Park,	Cowley	Road,	Cambridge,	
Cambridgeshire,	CB4	0WZ,	UK

c/o	Roberts	Nathan	LLP,	First	Floor,	11	
Exchange	Place,	International	Financial	
Services	Centre,	Dublin	1,	Ireland

Level	4,	29	Kiora	Road,	Miranda,	NSW,	
2228

13,	Clos	Chanmurly,	4000,	Liège,	
Belgium

Immeuble	AX02,	23-25	avenue	Aristide	
Briand,	94110,	Arcueil,	France

Immeuble	Lloyd,	Bureau	2A-B,	Centre	
Urbain	Nord,	1003	Tunis,	Tunisie

Immeuble	Lloyd,	Bureau	2A-B,	Centre	
Urbain	Nord,	1003	Tunis,	Tunisie

c/o	The	Corporation	Trust	Company,	
Corporation	Trust	Center,	1209	Orange	
Street,	Wilmington,	DE	19801,	USA

England & Wales

Location-based	
software

Tennyson	House,	Cambridge	Business	
Park,	Cowley	Road,	Cambridge,	
Cambridgeshire,	CB4	0WZ,	UK

England & Wales

IT	business	 
service assurance 
solutions

Tennyson	House,	Cambridge	Business	
Park,	Cowley	Road,	Cambridge,	
Cambridgeshire,	CB4	0WZ,	UK

Financial StatementsNotes to the Company Financial Statements (continued)For the year ended 31 January 202111. Contingent liabilities

As	disclosed	in	note	2	of	the	consolidated	financial	statements,	Summary	of	significant	accounting	policies,	the	Company	has	taken	
advantage	of	the	exemption	available	under	Section	479A	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	in	respect	of	the	requirement	for	audit	of	
certain	100%	owned	subsidiaries.	In	addition,	Aon	Spásúil	Limited	has	claimed	the	audit	exemption	under	Irish	Companies	Act	2014	
section	357	with	respect	to	the	year	ended	31	January	2021.	1Spatial	plc	has	given	a	statement	of	guarantee	whereby	it	will	guarantee	
all	outstanding	liabilities	to	which	Aon	Spásúil	Limited	is	subject	to	at	31	January	2021.	The	Company	guarantees	the	liabilities	of	the	
company	at	the	end	of	the	year	until	those	liabilities	have	been	settled	in	full.	The	contingent	liability	at	the	year-end	was	£92,000	
(2020:	£78,000).

12. Post balance sheet events

Amendments to Geomap-Imagis Share Purchase Agreement (SPA)
The	final	step	in	the	integration	of	Geomap-Imagis	(“G-I”),	which	was	acquired	in	May	2019,	was	completed	in	March	2021.	As	part	
of the	restructuring,	two	of	the	G-I	founders	and	former	directors	will	be	leaving	the	business	and	the	parties	agreed	to	amend	the	
original	SPA	as	explained	below.	

Under	the	original	terms,	the	Group	agreed	to	pay	the	vendors	consideration,	which	included	€1,166,999	to	be	satisfied	by	the	issue	
by 1Spatial	of	ordinary	shares	(the	“Consideration	Shares”).

Of	the	consideration	to	be	satisfied	by	the	issue	of	the	Consideration	Shares,	€726,459	was	satisfied	immediately	upon	Completion,	
with	the	balance	of	€440,540	to	be	satisfied	on	30	March	2023	(the	“Deferred	Share	Consideration	Amount”).	Accordingly,	on	
Completion	the	Company	issued	to	the	vendors	1,902,686	new	ordinary	shares	(the	“Initial	Consideration	Shares”),	subject	to	a	lock	
up	obligation	until	31	December	2021.

In	connection	with	completion	of	the	integration	of	G-I,	the	Group	has	entered	into	an	Amendment	Agreement	with	these	two	
GI founders	and	former	directors	in	March	2021	to	amend	the	terms	of	the	original	agreement	primarily	as	follows:

	➤ Release	1,765,173	of	the	Initial	Consideration	Shares	(the	“Released	Shares”)	from	the	above-mentioned	lock	up	obligation;	and
	➤ pay	out	in	cash	to	certain	of	the	vendors,	at	the	earlier	date	of	10	September	2022,	€408,701	of	the	Deferred	Share	Consideration	

Amount.

Pursuant	to	the	terms	of	the	Amendment	Agreement,	the	Released	Shares	remain	subject	to	an	orderly	market	provision	for	
3 months.	

103

1
S
p
a
t
i
a
l

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
2
1

OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceFinancial  Statements 
 
 
 
104

Company Information

Directors

C	Milverton	
A	Fabian	
A	Roberts	
F Small 
P	Massey	

Chief	Executive	Officer
Chief	Financial	Officer
Non-Executive	Chairman
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive	Director

Telephone

+44(0)	1223	420	414

Company secretary

Ms	Susan	Margaret	Wallace
118	Pall	Mall
London
England
SW1Y	5ED

Company number

5429800

Registered address

Tennyson House
Cambridge	Business	Park	 
Cowley Road
Cambridge
CB4	0WZ

Independent auditors

BDO	LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
55	Baker	Street
London
W1U	7EU

Bankers

Natwest	Plc
1st	Floor,	Rapid	House
40	Oxford	Road
High	Wycombe
Buckinghamshire
HP11	2EE

Nominated adviser  
and Broker

Liberum	Capital	Limited
Ropemaker	Place	
Level	12
25	Ropemaker	Street	
London	
EC2Y	9LY

Legal adviser

Charles	Russell	Speechlys	LLP
5	Fleet	Place
London
EC4M	7RD

Registrars

Link	Group
10th	Floor,	Central	Square
29	Wellington	Street
Leeds
LS1	4DL

Financial PR adviser

Alma	PR
71-73	Carter	Lane
London
EC4V	5EQ

Financial Statements1spatial.com